17.12.2012 Views

part a: strategic overview - Department of Education

part a: strategic overview - Department of Education

part a: strategic overview - Department of Education

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

FOREWORD BY THE MEMBER OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL (MEC)<br />

<strong>Education</strong> is central to the development and transformation <strong>of</strong><br />

the Eastern Cape Province, and is critical in ensuring that the<br />

Province has the human resources that are required to meet<br />

its developmental goals. In this respect, the circumstances<br />

<strong>of</strong> the Province must inform and shape the development and<br />

transformation agenda <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>Education</strong>, especially since some <strong>of</strong> these circumstances spill<br />

over into schools and affect their performance and viability.<br />

The statistical pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape in demographic,<br />

economic and educational terms, paints a disquieting picture <strong>of</strong><br />

under-development, and if properly interrogated, tells a sad story<br />

<strong>of</strong> its history <strong>of</strong> inequity and disadvantagement. The government<br />

is set on an agenda to transform these circumstances, and the<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> must play its <strong>part</strong>.<br />

Since I assumed duty as MEC in May 2004, I realized that it was<br />

imperative to ensure that the <strong>strategic</strong> direction I am providing to<br />

the De<strong>part</strong>ment during my term <strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong>fice addresses the historical<br />

legacy, especially in the Transkei area. I therefore commissioned<br />

Imbewu to draft a document called, A Transformation Agenda for<br />

the Eastern Cape De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> 2005 – 2014. The<br />

Transformation Agenda sets out a broad framework <strong>of</strong> realigning<br />

the <strong>Education</strong> De<strong>part</strong>ment with its mandate for supporting<br />

development and transformation in the Province and this Strategic Plan captures how my De<strong>part</strong>ment<br />

intends addressing such development and transformation within the first five years. Furthermore the agenda<br />

is concerned, first <strong>of</strong> all, with the inherent inequities in educational provisioning, and the need to engender<br />

transformation in the availability <strong>of</strong> opportunities for a high quality <strong>of</strong> education for all. These opportunities<br />

will not be realized unless resources are efficiently and <strong>strategic</strong>ally managed, and unless the essential<br />

operational systems are in place to ensure enhanced performance <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment.<br />

The Transformation Agenda constitutes my statement <strong>of</strong> policy intent in terms <strong>of</strong> the <strong>strategic</strong> goals 1 it<br />

outlines, seeks to foster an in-depth understanding <strong>of</strong> the circumstances which have defined the course <strong>of</strong> the<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment over the last decade, and the challenges which must be overcome if its transformation agenda<br />

for the next ten years is to be realized. The key transformational issues affecting education are issues <strong>of</strong><br />

access, unemployment, imbalance in employability among youth, the social issues affecting schools and<br />

society, and the role played by language and technology in promoting balance in opportunity and access to<br />

quality education. These are the issues that feed the agenda <strong>of</strong> transformation. This Strategic Plan takes these<br />

issues as its baseline and translates the <strong>strategic</strong> goals into <strong>strategic</strong> objectives, and assigns responsibility<br />

to the relevant Chief Directorates. This plan is also an expression <strong>of</strong> our commitment to <strong>part</strong>icipate in the<br />

other Provincial Growth and Development Plan (PGDP) priorities such as: Agrarian transformation and food<br />

security, including the comprehensive nutrition programme; Fighting poverty, which includes the Expanded<br />

Public Works Programme, the capital projects <strong>of</strong> the different De<strong>part</strong>ments and HIV and Aids; Public sector<br />

transformation focusing on service delivery in the main social service delivery de<strong>part</strong>ments; Infrastructure<br />

development; Manufacturing diversification and tourism; and Human Resource Development. The latter seeks<br />

to address the skills shortages in Government, the educational programmes <strong>of</strong> Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

(FET), Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training (ABET), Early Childhood <strong>Education</strong> (ECD) and a comprehensive<br />

Human Resource Development (HRD)<br />

strategy and learnership programmes.<br />

1 The Agenda refers to them as <strong>strategic</strong> objectives, but in terms <strong>of</strong> National Treasury prescripts they are actually <strong>strategic</strong> goals.<br />

foreword


The De<strong>part</strong>ment collaborates with other Provincial Government De<strong>part</strong>ments and structures in the three<br />

provincial Clusters, especially the Social Needs Cluster, in pursuing these priorities. We will work with other<br />

members <strong>of</strong> this and other Clusters in pursuing integrated planning, budgeting, service delivery, as well as<br />

pooling <strong>of</strong> resources and capabilities since we believe Government can achieve much more in this way with its<br />

available resources. In addition to this, we shall continue to engage all stakeholders and social <strong>part</strong>ners in the<br />

planning and delivery <strong>of</strong> our programmes. To this end, all stakeholders were invited to the <strong>Education</strong> Summit<br />

convened from 13 to 15 July 2005 to deliberate on the ransformation Agenda. My De<strong>part</strong>ment and I will also<br />

work closely with the four higher education institutions (HEIs) in the Province to more effectively harness their<br />

expertise and specialized skills to the best advantage <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment and the Province.<br />

I am very pleased that the De<strong>part</strong>ment, who has the biggest share <strong>of</strong> the Provincial Budget and the<br />

biggest footprint <strong>of</strong> all the Provincial De<strong>part</strong>ments with over 6 000 educational facilities and a presence in<br />

most communities, has embarked on an initiative called ‘Local Economic Development and <strong>Education</strong>al<br />

Provisioning’ to make a more significant contribution towards poverty alleviation and employment creation<br />

in the Province by targeting community cooperatives as service providers in procuring goods and services.<br />

I regard these cooperatives as more effective vehicles for broad based black economic empowerment and<br />

moral regeneration as they are rooted in the indigenous culture <strong>of</strong> ilima/letsema. This initiative is also based<br />

on cooperative governance and community-public-private <strong>part</strong>nership, and it will realize my vision <strong>of</strong> schools<br />

becoming ‘centres <strong>of</strong> community life’. Social issues like poverty significantly impact on our learners; it is for<br />

instance not possible to effectively teach a hungry or malnourished child and for her or him to do well at<br />

school. The Provincial Executive Council (EXCO) adopted our recommendation that this initiative be rolled<br />

out to other provincial de<strong>part</strong>ments and institutions and that the De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> Economic Affairs, Environment<br />

and Tourism be the Lead De<strong>part</strong>ment in implementing the initiative in the Province. The high level <strong>of</strong> poverty<br />

(63.6% <strong>of</strong> households) and 53.7% unemployment in the Province indicates the extent <strong>of</strong> the prevalence <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Second Economy epitomized by market failure which demands effective government intervention.<br />

Over and above the Provincial priorities, the De<strong>part</strong>ment’s Strategic Plan reflects the priorities set by the<br />

National De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> and Government. The plan further outlines our strategy to turn this<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment into an organization capable <strong>of</strong> delivering quality services in a manner that is timely, relevant<br />

and responsive to the developmental needs <strong>of</strong> the Province and the country in general. The De<strong>part</strong>ment is<br />

committed to rolling out its service delivery model articulated in previous plans by establishing adequately<br />

resourced and capacitated District Offices. Key to this end is the implementation <strong>of</strong> a matrix structure to<br />

facilitate programme and project management between provincial Head Office and the District Offices.<br />

However, the Executive Council’s resolution that the districts in the Province need to be properly coordinated,<br />

implies that serious consideration be given to the fact that the current number <strong>of</strong> District Offices in the<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment do not coincide with the existing demarcation <strong>of</strong> District and Metropolitan Municipalities to<br />

facilitate coordination and integration <strong>of</strong> planning and service delivery between the De<strong>part</strong>ment and these<br />

municipalities. This will also entail that attention be given to strengthening the Circuits, mindful <strong>of</strong> the<br />

concomitant financial implications. Furthermore, related to a possible reconfiguration <strong>of</strong> the District Offices is<br />

to establish and/or develop comprehensive primary and secondary schools that <strong>of</strong>fer good quality education in<br />

these centres to attract people with <strong>part</strong>icular scarce skills such as educators and other public servants, who<br />

have to now send their children elsewhere where schools <strong>of</strong> this nature exist inside or outside the Province.<br />

The slight improvement in the 2005 matric results has demonstrated that my De<strong>part</strong>ment is close to turning<br />

the corner and beginning to make, as the biggest provincial de<strong>part</strong>ment, its rightful contribution in realizing the<br />

provincial vision: the Eastern Cape, a compelling place to live, work and invest in!<br />

M Matomela, MPL<br />

MEC FOR EDUCATION


FOREWORD BY THE MEMBER OF THE EXECUTIVE COUNCIL (MEC)<br />

PART A: STRATEGIC OVERVIEW<br />

1 OVERVIEW OF STRATEGIC PLAN 1 1<br />

2 VISION 2 2<br />

3 MISSION 2 2<br />

4 VALUES 2 2<br />

5 SERVICE STANDARDS 2 2<br />

6 SECTORAL SITUATION ANALYSIS 4 4<br />

6.1 Summary <strong>of</strong> Service Delivery Environment and Challenges 4 4<br />

6.2 Summary <strong>of</strong> Organisational Environment and Challenges 5 5<br />

7 LEGISLATIVE AND OTHER MANDATES 5 5<br />

7.1 General Mandate <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment 5 5<br />

7.2 Constitutional Mandate 6 6<br />

7.3 National Legislative Mandate 6 6<br />

7.4 Provincial Legislative Mandate 7 7<br />

7.5 Good Governance Mandate 7 7<br />

7.6 Electronic <strong>Education</strong> and Communications 8 8<br />

8 BROAD POLICIES, PRIORITIES, STRATEGIC GOALS AND<br />

OBJECTIVES<br />

8.1 National and Provincial Government Policies and Priorities 9 9<br />

8.1 De<strong>part</strong>mental Priority Areas 10 10<br />

8.2 De<strong>part</strong>mental Strategic Goals 11 11<br />

8.3 Strategic Objectives 12 12<br />

8.4 Crosscutting Strategic Goals and Objectives 15 15<br />

8.5 Monitoring and Evaluation 16 16<br />

9 INFORMATION SYSTEMS TO MONITOR PROGRESS 16 16<br />

9.1 Financial Information Systems 16 16<br />

9.2 Operational Information Systems 16 16<br />

9.3 Information Reporting Systems 17 17<br />

10 DESCRIPTION OF STRATEGIC PLANNING PROCESS 18 18<br />

PART B: PROGRAMME AND SUB-PROGRAMME PLANS<br />

11. STRATEGIC GOALS, OBJECTIVES AND BUDGET PROGRAMMES 2136<br />

11.1. Introduction 21 36<br />

11.2. Strategic Goals and Objectives with Sub-Programme and Chief Directorate Assignment 23 39<br />

11.3. Focus and Limits <strong>of</strong> Sub-Programmes 27 43<br />

11.4. Overview <strong>of</strong> Policies, Priorities and Constraints in Programmes and Sub-Programmes 30 47<br />

9<br />

iii<br />

9<br />

i<br />

contents


PART C: BACKGROUND INFORMATION<br />

12 INTRODUCTION 160 53<br />

13 ANALYSIS OF THE SERVICE DELIVERY ENVIRONMENT 160 53<br />

13.1 Policy Changes and Trends 165 53<br />

13.2 Environmental Factors and Emerging Challenges 166 55<br />

13.3 Demographic Pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape 170 57<br />

13.4 Socio-Economic Deprivation in Eastern Cape Communities 185 68<br />

13.5 Situation Analysis <strong>of</strong> the System as a Whole 193 72<br />

13.6 Demographic Pressures and Access Issues 195 73<br />

13.7 <strong>Education</strong> Pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> People in the Province 196 74<br />

13.8 Transfers to Institutions 198 75<br />

13.9. Programme 2 - Public Ordinary Schools 199 76<br />

13.10 Programme 3- Independent Schools 220 89<br />

13.11 Programme 4 - LSEN Schools 221 90<br />

13.12 Programme 5: Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training 224 92<br />

13.13 Programme 6: Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training 225 93<br />

13.14 Programme 7: Early Childhood Development 226 93<br />

14 EVALUATION OF CURRENT IMPLEMENTATION PERFORMANCE 227 94<br />

ORGANIZATIONAL INFORMATION AND THE INSTITUTIONAL<br />

94<br />

15 ENVIRONMENT 228<br />

15.1. Organizational Design 228 94<br />

15.2 Delegations and Performance Agreements 240 97<br />

15.3 Capital Investment, Maintenance and Asset Management 240 97<br />

15.4 Personnel 247 99<br />

15.5 Information Technology Systems 249100<br />

15.6 Performance Management System 251102<br />

15.7 Financial Management Plan 251102<br />

15.8 Audit Queries 255105<br />

ii<br />

iv


List <strong>of</strong> Tables<br />

Table 1: Strategic Goals and Associated Rationale 11<br />

Table 2: Outline <strong>of</strong> Strategic Objectives by Strategic Goals 12<br />

Table 3: Cross Cutting Strategic Goals and Objectives 15<br />

Table 4: Responsible Managers, Monitoring Agency and Monitoring Mechanisms 17<br />

Table 5: Programmes and Sub-Programmes Structure for the De<strong>part</strong>ment 38<br />

Table 6: Strategic Goals & Objectives, Programme/Sub-Programme & Chief Directorate<br />

Assignment 32<br />

Table 7: Overview <strong>of</strong> Programmes Listing <strong>of</strong> Respective Programmes and Sub-Programmes 44<br />

Table 8: Overview <strong>of</strong> Policies, Priorities and Constraints in Respective Programmes and Sub-<br />

Programmes 48<br />

Table 9: Total Population by Province, 1996 and 2001 Census 171<br />

Table 10: Distribution <strong>of</strong> Total Population by <strong>Education</strong> Districts as indicated by the 1996 &<br />

2001 Census 174<br />

Table 11: Distribution <strong>of</strong> Total Population per age group by <strong>Education</strong> District indicated by<br />

1996 & 2001 Census 181<br />

Table 12: Socio-economic Deprivation Index 1996 and 2001 - Main Winners (relatively better<br />

<strong>of</strong>f) 188<br />

Table 13: Socio-economic Deprivation Index 1996 and 2001. Main Losers (relatively worse) 188<br />

Table 14: Occupational Categories 192<br />

Table 15: Income Distribution 192<br />

Table 16: Number <strong>of</strong> Institutions and Centres 193<br />

Table 17: Number <strong>of</strong> Learners 193<br />

Table 18: Number <strong>of</strong> Educators (including SGB paid) 195<br />

Table 19: Enrolment and Population Statistics 195<br />

Table 20: Educator Post Declaration (2005) 196<br />

Table 21: Number <strong>of</strong> Employees 2005/06 197<br />

Table 22: Resourcing effected via the School Funding Norms 2005/06 198<br />

Table 23: Gross Enrolment Rate: 1996-2004 203<br />

Table 24: Repetition Rate by Grade 205<br />

Table 25: Drop-out Rate by Grade 206<br />

Table 26: Learner : Educator Ratio by Level 210<br />

Table 27: Learner - Educator Ratio by ex-De<strong>part</strong>ment (Public Ordinary Schools) 210<br />

Table 28: Learner - Educator Ratio by Quintiles (Public Ordinary Schools) 210<br />

Table 29: Average Classroom Size 214<br />

Table 30: Average Classroom Size by ex-De<strong>part</strong>ment 214<br />

Table 31: Average Classroom Size by Quintiles (Public Ordinary Schools) 214<br />

Table 32: Percentage <strong>of</strong> Educators (state-paid educators only) by Gender employed at<br />

Different Post Levels 216<br />

Table 33: Educators Leaving the System by Age Group 216<br />

Table 34: Grade 12 Pass rates 2006-2004 by ex-De<strong>part</strong>ment 219<br />

Table 35: Size and Shape <strong>of</strong> Independent Schooling Sector 220<br />

Table 36: Pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> Independent Schooling 221<br />

Table 37: Budget Allocation to Programme 4 221<br />

Table 38: Number <strong>of</strong> Learners in LSEN schools 222<br />

Table 39: Number and Percentage <strong>of</strong> Learners by Gender and Disability (2004) 222<br />

Table 40: Learner - Educator Ratios in Programme 4 Schools 223<br />

Table 41: Learner : Classroom Ratio in Special Schools and the Classroom Backlog 223<br />

Table 42: Employment <strong>of</strong> Specialists 223<br />

Table 43: Learner : Educator Ratios in Programme 5 Institutions 224<br />

Table 44: Classrooms available for Programme 6 225<br />

Table 45: Learner - Educator Ratios in Programme 6 Centres 225<br />

Table 46: Learner - Educator Ratios in Programme 7 226<br />

Table 47: Condition <strong>of</strong> Capital Stock (April 2005) 241<br />

Table 48: Employment and Vacancies by Programme (March 2005) 247<br />

Table 49: Actual and Estimated Outcomes 2002/03 to 2005/06 253<br />

11<br />

13<br />

15<br />

17<br />

22<br />

23<br />

28<br />

30<br />

58<br />

60<br />

65<br />

70<br />

70<br />

72<br />

72<br />

72<br />

73<br />

73<br />

73<br />

74<br />

74<br />

75<br />

77<br />

79<br />

79<br />

82<br />

82<br />

83<br />

85<br />

85<br />

85<br />

86<br />

87<br />

88<br />

89<br />

90<br />

90<br />

90<br />

91<br />

91<br />

91<br />

92<br />

92<br />

93<br />

93<br />

93<br />

98<br />

99<br />

103<br />

iii<br />

v<br />

contents


Table 50: Expected MTEF Figures 2006/07 to 2008/09 (July 2005) 254<br />

Table 51: Nominal Budget/Expenditure Growth 254<br />

LIST OF GRAPHS:<br />

Graph 1: Provincial Population Growth 1996-2001 3<br />

Graph 2: Distribution <strong>of</strong> Total Provincial Population by <strong>Education</strong> District - Census 2001 3<br />

Graph 3: Distribution <strong>of</strong> Population by Age Group in the Eastern Cape - 2001 Census 3<br />

Graph 4: Comparative Population Distribution by Age Band in Two Selected Districts<br />

Graph 5: School Age Population Aged 7-10 Years compared with reported Learner Enrolment<br />

3<br />

for the Period 1995-2002 3<br />

Graph 6: Comparative Socio-Economic Deprivation by District 3<br />

Graph 7: Learner Enrolment in Public ordinary Schools (1995-2001) 3<br />

Graph 8: Learner Enrolment in Public Ordinary Schools by Grade (1995, 2004 and 2005) 3<br />

Graph 9: Drop-out Rate : Eastern Cape 2000-2003 3<br />

Graph 10: Percentage Over Age Learners in Public Primary and Secondary Schools 3<br />

Graph 11: Percentage Learners in Grade 12 who are 18 Years Old or Younger 3<br />

Graph 12: Educator Attrition by Age Group 3<br />

Graph 13: Provincial Matric Pass Rates 3<br />

Graph 14: Home Language versus Language <strong>of</strong> Institution for Eastern Cape Learners 2004 3<br />

LIST OF MAPS:<br />

Map 1: Population Density Distribution in the Province based on the 2001 Census data 3<br />

Map 2: Average Population Density Distribution per <strong>Education</strong> District 3<br />

Map 3: Socio-Economic Deprivation in the Eastern Cape by <strong>Education</strong> District - Census 2001 3<br />

Map 4: Learner : Educator Ration per District 2004 3<br />

Map 5: Learner : Classroom Ratios per District 2004<br />

Map 6: <strong>Education</strong>al Districts 3<br />

LIST OF FIGURES:<br />

Figure 1: EC DoE Organogram approved in January 2006 3<br />

iv<br />

vi<br />

104<br />

104<br />

59<br />

61<br />

62<br />

66<br />

68<br />

69<br />

76<br />

77<br />

80<br />

81<br />

81<br />

87<br />

88<br />

89<br />

64<br />

67<br />

71<br />

84<br />

86<br />

95<br />

96


ACRONYMS<br />

ABET Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

BAS Basic Accounting System<br />

CASS Continuous Assessment<br />

DBST District Based Support Team<br />

DDG Deputy Director General<br />

DFID De<strong>part</strong>ment for International Development (United Kingdom)<br />

eAdministration Electronic Administration<br />

EAP Employees Assistance Programme<br />

ECD Early Childhood Development<br />

ECDoE Eastern Cape De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong><br />

EDC <strong>Education</strong> Development Centre<br />

EDO <strong>Education</strong> Development Officer<br />

e<strong>Education</strong> Electronic <strong>Education</strong><br />

EFMS Electronic Facilities Management System<br />

eLearning Electronic Learning<br />

EMIS <strong>Education</strong> Management Information System<br />

EPWP Expanded Public Works Programme<br />

ETDP-SETA <strong>Education</strong>, Training and Development Practices – Sector <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

Authority<br />

FET Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

FETC Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Certificate (at Grade 12)<br />

FETIs Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Institutions<br />

GET General <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

GETC General <strong>Education</strong> and Training Certificate<br />

Grade R Reception Grade in the year before Grade 1<br />

GTZ Deutsche Gesellschaft fuer Techische Zusammenarbeit<br />

HEIs Higher <strong>Education</strong> Institutions<br />

HOD Head <strong>of</strong> De<strong>part</strong>ment<br />

HRD Human Resource Development<br />

HRM Human Resource Management<br />

ICT Information and Communications Technology<br />

IDP Integrated Development Plan<br />

IMET Inter -Sectoral Monitoring & Evaluation Team<br />

IMT Interim Management Team<br />

INSET In-Service Training<br />

IQMS Integrated Quality Management System<br />

JMT Joint Management Team<br />

Logis Logistics Information System<br />

LoLT Language <strong>of</strong> Learning and Teaching<br />

LSEN Learners with Special <strong>Education</strong>al Needs<br />

LTSM Learning and Teaching Support Material<br />

MEC Member <strong>of</strong> the Executive Council<br />

vii<br />

v<br />

contents


MIP Matric Intervention Programme<br />

MTEF Medium Term Expenditure Framework<br />

NATED National <strong>Education</strong><br />

NCS National Curriculum Statement<br />

NDOE National De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong><br />

NEPA National <strong>Education</strong> Policy Act<br />

NGOs Non-Governmental Organizations<br />

OBE Outcomes Based <strong>Education</strong><br />

PDEs Provincial De<strong>part</strong>ments <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong><br />

Persal Personnel and Salary System<br />

PFMA Public Finance Management Act, 1999 (Act No 1 <strong>of</strong> 1999), as amended<br />

PGDP Provincial Growth and Development Plan<br />

PRESET Pre-Service Training<br />

PSA Public Service Act, 1994<br />

RNCS Revised National Curriculum Statement<br />

RPL Recognition <strong>of</strong> Prior Learning<br />

SAEF South African Excellence Foundation<br />

SAMDI South African Management Development Institute<br />

SASA South African Schools Act (Act No 84 <strong>of</strong> 1996)<br />

SCM Supply Chain Management<br />

SETA Sector <strong>Education</strong> and Training Authority<br />

SG Superintendent General<br />

SGB School Governing Body<br />

SMT School Management Team<br />

SNP School Nutrition Programme<br />

WSE Whole School Evaluation<br />

vi<br />

viii


e a s t e r n c a p e d e p a r t m e n t o f<br />

EDUCATION<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10 March 2006 Page 11<br />

contents


PART A: STRATEGIC OVERVIEW<br />

1. OVERVIEW OF STRATEGIC PLAN<br />

The mandate for education in the Province is enshrined in the legislation <strong>of</strong> the country.<br />

The De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> must deliver on providing quality education that could<br />

easily be accessed by all citizens for the duration <strong>of</strong> their lifetime; it must produce good<br />

citizens and the human resources that are needed for development; it must deliver<br />

services to its clients in an efficient, effective and reliable manner; and it must be a<br />

contributing and productive <strong>part</strong>ner in the efforts <strong>of</strong> the nation to deal with the<br />

development and transformational challenges that are now faced by a new<br />

developmental state. This mandate is as extensive as it is daunting, and as challenging<br />

as it is stimulating. The De<strong>part</strong>ment must, however, rise to the challenge. In doing so, it<br />

cannot overlook the realities <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape Province in general, and the scope,<br />

issues and challenges which define the field <strong>of</strong> play in the education arena. While the<br />

possibilities are endless, the scope <strong>of</strong> education is extensive, the issues it bears are<br />

complex and the challenges it generates sometimes insurmountable. But these<br />

challenges cannot be ignored. They impact greatly upon people individually and publicly<br />

because <strong>of</strong> their deep roots in history, and because <strong>of</strong> the indelible effects this history<br />

has made on the spirits <strong>of</strong> our people and the viability <strong>of</strong> the organizations through which<br />

they are publicly served.<br />

Statistics South Africa estimated the population <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape at 7,088,547 in<br />

June 2004. This represents 14% <strong>of</strong> the national population. Based on the results <strong>of</strong> the<br />

2001 census, 63.6% <strong>of</strong> households live in poverty, 36.5% have no more than a primary<br />

school education, and the unemployment rate is 53.7%. In fact, 50% <strong>of</strong> the population in<br />

the Eastern Cape is estimated as illiterate. The human development index ranges<br />

between a high <strong>of</strong> 0.66 in the Nelson Mandela Metropole and a low <strong>of</strong> 0.45 in the OR<br />

Tambo District which falls entirely within the Transkei. The socio-economic pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Eastern Cape is set out in the Provincial Growth and Development Plan (PGDP).<br />

Provincial statistics reveal a state <strong>of</strong> poverty, disadvantagement and pain. Both the<br />

statistics and the public experience <strong>of</strong> the Province bear the effects <strong>of</strong> a legacy <strong>of</strong><br />

a<strong>part</strong>heid. In spite <strong>of</strong> the significant efforts made by the <strong>Education</strong> De<strong>part</strong>ment and<br />

other De<strong>part</strong>ments in the Province, there is still so much to accomplish to restore and<br />

renew the lives and circumstances <strong>of</strong> people.<br />

The Eastern Cape is the largest Provincial <strong>Education</strong> De<strong>part</strong>ment in terms <strong>of</strong> the number<br />

<strong>of</strong> schools to be administered, and the second largest, behind KwaZulu Natal, in terms <strong>of</strong><br />

the number <strong>of</strong> educators and learners. The information in paragraph 6.1 shows that, in<br />

spite <strong>of</strong> its efforts and successes over the last 10 years, the De<strong>part</strong>ment still has not fully<br />

accomplished its mandate <strong>of</strong> changing the lives <strong>of</strong> citizens and enriching the welfare <strong>of</strong><br />

communities through education. Conditions <strong>of</strong> disadvantagement and inequity still exist<br />

in the education system, the under-performance <strong>of</strong> the system continues, and the<br />

contribution <strong>of</strong> the educational enterprise to the development and transformation <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Province is still not properly orchestrated. <strong>Education</strong> as a <strong>part</strong>ner in transformation<br />

remains outside <strong>of</strong> the development dynamics <strong>of</strong> the Province.<br />

The De<strong>part</strong>ment’s <strong>strategic</strong> plan focuses on improving the environment in which the core<br />

business <strong>of</strong> effective teaching and learning can take place. The De<strong>part</strong>ment has<br />

reviewed and restructured its organogram to streamline the administrative service<br />

delivery processes, and allow the pr<strong>of</strong>essional staff to concentrate on providing teaching<br />

and learning in the schools. The De<strong>part</strong>ment will continue its agenda on the<br />

improvement <strong>of</strong> management basics in order to promote service excellence that will<br />

advantage the learner, our principal client. In this context, the De<strong>part</strong>ment increasingly<br />

focuses on an anchor programme, the whole school development for total learner<br />

performance improvement, to which all initiatives and activities must respond.<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 2005-06 to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (6) 2006 Page 1<br />

Page 1


Gradually, this strategy refocuses our staff, and encourages them to challenge the<br />

existing paradigms.<br />

Through the establishment <strong>of</strong> a risk management strategy, it is anticipated that<br />

constraints and risks which could potentially affect the achievement <strong>of</strong> the <strong>strategic</strong> goals<br />

and objectives, will be managed through governance, risk and control processes.<br />

2. VISION<br />

Our vision is to <strong>of</strong>fer a quality public education and training system that transforms<br />

schools into centres <strong>of</strong> community life and promotes shared moral values, good<br />

governance and sustainable development.<br />

3. MISSION<br />

The De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> strives to provide quality education for sustainable<br />

development by:<br />

� Providing socially relevant and economically responsive programmes that address<br />

the human resource needs <strong>of</strong> the province and the country.<br />

� Enhancing the skills base for agrarian transformation, manufacturing diversification<br />

and tourism in order to meet the needs <strong>of</strong> the second economy.<br />

� Providing quality programmes to build the capacity <strong>of</strong> all employees.<br />

� Encouraging <strong>part</strong>icipatory decision-making processes which strive to empower the<br />

whole community at all levels.<br />

4. VALUES<br />

The vision and mission are supported by the following values, which are based upon<br />

section 195 <strong>of</strong> the Constitution (Act No. 108 <strong>of</strong> 1996) and the Batho Pele principles:<br />

� Continuous improvement towards excellence in the standards <strong>of</strong> performance and<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>essionalism through our work ethos.<br />

� Mutual trust, respect and moral values that promote human dignity as reflected in<br />

the concept <strong>of</strong> ubuntu.<br />

� Participatory processes in policy making.<br />

� Public administration that promotes sustainable development.<br />

� The provision <strong>of</strong> value for money and accountability to the people <strong>of</strong> the province in<br />

line with the Constitution and the Bill <strong>of</strong> Rights.<br />

� Transparency, equity and redress through the provision <strong>of</strong> timely, accessible and<br />

accurate information.<br />

� Good human resource management and career-development practices for all<br />

employees to maximise human potential.<br />

5. SERVICE STANDARDS<br />

A Central component <strong>of</strong> any strategy to improve service delivery is rigorous service<br />

standards which relay to citizens the commitment <strong>of</strong> the Public Service to deliver quality<br />

services and against which government performance can be measured. In essence a<br />

service standard is a criterion adopted by a de<strong>part</strong>ment defining how it should behave<br />

towards its citizens.<br />

5 Year ECDoE 5 Year ECDoE Strategic Strategic Plan for Plan 2005/06 for 2005-06 to 2009/10 to 2009-10. March 2006 21 F (6) Page 2<br />

Page 2<br />

contents <strong>part</strong> A: <strong>strategic</strong> <strong>overview</strong>


Government de<strong>part</strong>ments are obliged to develop service standards, as stipulated in the<br />

Public Service Regulations, 2001, the Public Finance Management Act (PFMA), 1999,<br />

as amended and the Promotion <strong>of</strong> Administrative Justice Act, 2000 ( Act No. 3 <strong>of</strong> 2000).<br />

The Batho Pele (People First) or Transforming Public Service Delivery White Paper<br />

(Government Gazette No. 1459 <strong>of</strong> 1 October 1997) which states as one <strong>of</strong> its 8<br />

principles “Citizens should be told what level and quality <strong>of</strong> public services they will<br />

receive so that they are aware <strong>of</strong> what to expect”<br />

The Public Service Commission Report on the status <strong>of</strong> service standards found that<br />

whilst the political will exist to deliver high quality services, the absence <strong>of</strong> standards that<br />

promote and set out best practice has resulted in poor service delivery. As a result, the<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> Public Service & Administration, in conjunction with the Office <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Premier has initiated a process, across all sectors, to improve service delivery within the<br />

various provincial de<strong>part</strong>ments to develop the required capacity in order to compile their<br />

own service standards and measure delivery against these on an ongoing basis.<br />

The first phase requires that all de<strong>part</strong>ments develop and agree upon 6 – 8 critical<br />

service standards that they wish to prioritize. These will be showcased to other<br />

de<strong>part</strong>ments as a peer learning opportunity and a monitoring system will be set in place<br />

to measure progress against the service standards. In addition, the means to<br />

communicate the service standards to citizens will also be explored. In this way,<br />

de<strong>part</strong>ments will be mentored and coached in the process <strong>of</strong> service standard<br />

development, roll out, monitoring and reporting.<br />

The ECDoE has indicated its commitment to the development <strong>of</strong> standards by including<br />

a Directorate for Quality Promotion and Standards in the new organogram. This has<br />

further been entrenched into the system, by the development <strong>of</strong> a <strong>strategic</strong> management<br />

framework, which puts standard setting firmly in the centre <strong>of</strong> performance management<br />

and improved service delivery.<br />

The need to develop standards at the <strong>strategic</strong> level at the outset is high on the agenda<br />

<strong>of</strong> the ECDoE, who has, in conjunction with the Pytron Consortium developed blueprints<br />

for best practice that will surely support the development <strong>of</strong> standards on the corporate<br />

side. Furthermore, the Imbewu II Programme has over the past two years, funded a<br />

comprehensive evaluation programme which through the commissioning <strong>of</strong> 25<br />

evaluation studies, has highlighted the service delivery and programme performance<br />

gaps and risk areas on the education services side. The findings and recommendations<br />

from these studies will form the basis for not only the development <strong>of</strong> policy, but also the<br />

development <strong>of</strong> appropriate service standards at the <strong>strategic</strong>, organizational and<br />

operational levels <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment.<br />

The ECDoE has adopted a practical process towards achieving relevant and critical<br />

standards that are backed up by legislation.<br />

In this respect the De<strong>part</strong>ment is committed to the following process:<br />

� Know your business<br />

� Consult with target group / stakeholders<br />

� Set customer-sensitive service standards<br />

� Empower and train staff to support and maintain<br />

� Communicate service standards and performance measures to customers<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 2005-06 to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (6) 2006 Page 3<br />

Page 3


6. SECTORAL SITUATION ANALYSIS<br />

6.1 Summary <strong>of</strong> Service Delivery Environment and Challenges<br />

According to the EMIS statistics compiled in the De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong>, the Provincial<br />

education system in 2005 comprised 6,304 public schools. Of these, 880 are High<br />

schools, 2,553 Combined or Junior Secondary Schools; 2,593 Primary schools; 42<br />

schools for Learners with Special <strong>Education</strong>al Needs (LSEN); and 236 State subsidized<br />

Early Childhood Development (ECD) centres, with many more <strong>of</strong> these centres being<br />

run as community and private facilities. The same data revealed that there were<br />

2,184,103 learners in public ordinary schools in 2005. Of these, 104,929 were preprimary<br />

learners in grade R and 7,466 were learners in public ordinary schools with<br />

special educational needs. There were a further 9,072 learners in special schools.<br />

The same statistics show that there were 62,765 educators in public ordinary schools in<br />

2005, <strong>of</strong> which 18,445 were in primary schools, 13,850 were in secondary schools and<br />

30,470 were in high schools. There were 842 educators in special schools.<br />

In-spite <strong>of</strong> significant progress, there are still major backlogs in school infrastructure. In<br />

2005, 2,608 schools (41%) did not have electricity and 1,888 schools (29%) did not have<br />

pipe-borne water. In the same year, 939 schools (14.8%) were identified as mud<br />

structures needing replacement. Most <strong>of</strong> these schools are in the former Transkei.<br />

School performance in terms <strong>of</strong> internal efficiency and academic success is less than<br />

desirable. In 2004 the average repetition rate was 9%, and exceeded 20% at the senior<br />

grades (grades 10-12) in many <strong>of</strong> the most disadvantaged Districts. Appropriately-aged<br />

enrolment averaged only 31%, with over-aged enrolment <strong>part</strong>icularly high, averaging<br />

50%. The school <strong>part</strong>icipation rate for designated age cohorts is well below 100% and<br />

decreases significantly at the higher grades. The matric pass rate for the Province has<br />

been consistently low, with the lowest pass rate <strong>of</strong> any Province in 2005. These results<br />

are not without their reasons, and the true account <strong>of</strong> the factors that give rise to these<br />

circumstances are generally hidden and not subject to public discourse. An analysis <strong>of</strong><br />

this and other available information, however, reveals a picture <strong>of</strong> inequity,<br />

disadvantagement, and under-resourcing; and it highlights the effects <strong>of</strong> poverty, history<br />

and marginalization on the performance <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> in the Province.<br />

There are 8 FET Colleges in the Province which, in 2004, had a headcount enrolment <strong>of</strong><br />

34,854 with 845 educators. There are also 4 Higher <strong>Education</strong> Institutions (HEIs) in the<br />

Province with a headcount enrolment <strong>of</strong> 64,641 in 2004. However progression from high<br />

schools to further and higher education is very low. In 2002 for example, 34,069 <strong>of</strong> the<br />

65,661 grade 12 learners passed matric (52%), 5,249 with an exemption enabling them<br />

to enter higher education. But only 5,451 learners entered a HEI and 1,703 entered an<br />

FET college the next year. This meant that only 21% <strong>of</strong> learners were able to enter<br />

formal further or higher education in fact did so. This problem is compounded when one<br />

examines the throughput <strong>of</strong> the higher education system. In 2000, the drop out rate from<br />

Provincial HEIs was 20% in the first year, with only 15% <strong>of</strong> the designated year group<br />

graduating after four years. A significant number <strong>of</strong> learners from disadvantaged groups<br />

cannot complete their studies because <strong>of</strong> financial reasons.<br />

The De<strong>part</strong>ment is committed to rolling out its service delivery model articulated in<br />

previous plans by establishing fully serviced District Offices, and the focus has shifted to<br />

ensuring that District Offices are adequately resourced and capacitated. Fully functional<br />

district <strong>of</strong>fices will take services closer to the public and be a more efficient and effective<br />

service delivery model. All programmes are subjected to quality assurance processes to<br />

ensure that they benefit the De<strong>part</strong>ment’s clients, especially learners and community<br />

members. There is a great need for adequate financial, human and physical resources<br />

to enable the De<strong>part</strong>ment to deliver on its mandate. The challenge is to manage the<br />

available resources more effectively and efficiently.<br />

5 Year ECDoE 5 Year ECDoE Strategic Strategic Plan for Plan 2005/06 for 2005-06 to 2009/10 to 2009-10. March 2006 21 F (6) Page 4<br />

Page 4<br />

contents <strong>part</strong> A: <strong>strategic</strong> <strong>overview</strong>


In its quest to deliver exemplary service to all its clients – both internal and external – the<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong>, like all other de<strong>part</strong>ments within the public sector, is<br />

continuously striving to inculcate the principles <strong>of</strong> Batho Pele (People First) into the<br />

thinking <strong>of</strong> staff and to ensure that it becomes an integral <strong>part</strong> <strong>of</strong> service delivery.<br />

6.2 Summary <strong>of</strong> Organisational Environment and Challenges<br />

In 2005 the De<strong>part</strong>ment again reviewed its organizational structure in order to ensure<br />

alignment with the new five-year De<strong>part</strong>mental Strategic Plan. A revised organogram<br />

was approved by the MEC in January 2006, and is in the process <strong>of</strong> being implemented.<br />

This will strengthen delivery capacity in the Districts and Head Office.<br />

Due to budgetary constraints and lengthy administrative processes many senior<br />

management posts have only been filled from 1 June 2005, including senior managers<br />

to support the FET College Chief Executive Officers. This will be followed by Deputy and<br />

Assistant Director, Chief and Deputy <strong>Education</strong> Specialist, Curriculum Advisor, Secretary<br />

and other administrative posts.<br />

The De<strong>part</strong>ment has absorbed surplus staff from Teacher Training Colleges into existing<br />

vacancies.<br />

7. LEGISLATIVE AND OTHER MANDATES<br />

7.1 General Mandate <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment<br />

The broad mandate <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment is to provide for basic education in the Province<br />

and to adopt reasonable measures to progressively provide access to further education.<br />

At national level this mandate is governed primarily by:<br />

� The Constitution <strong>of</strong> the Republic <strong>of</strong> South Africa Act, 1996 (Act No. 108 <strong>of</strong><br />

1996) which provides for the constitutional right to education;<br />

� The National <strong>Education</strong> Policy Act, 1996 (Act No. 27 <strong>of</strong> 1996) which provides for<br />

the determination <strong>of</strong> national education policy by the Minister <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong>;<br />

� The South African Schools Act, 1996 (Act No. 84 <strong>of</strong> 1996) which caters for the<br />

needs <strong>of</strong> those learners who are located in schools within the compulsory band;<br />

� The Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Act, 1998 (Act No. 98 <strong>of</strong> 1998) which<br />

focuses on the needs <strong>of</strong> those learners who wish to pursue ongoing learning<br />

activities;<br />

� The Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training Act, 200 (Act No. 52 <strong>of</strong> 2000), which<br />

promotes lifelong learning through the provision <strong>of</strong> continuous learning activities for<br />

adults;<br />

� The Employment <strong>of</strong> Educators Act, 1998 (Act No. 76 <strong>of</strong> 1998) and the Public<br />

Service Act, 1994 (Proclamation No. 103 <strong>of</strong> 1994), which determine the conditions<br />

<strong>of</strong> service, discipline, retirement and discharge <strong>of</strong> educators and administrative staff<br />

in the Province; and<br />

� The General and Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Quality Assurance Act, 2001<br />

(Act No. 58 <strong>of</strong> 2001), which provides for quality assurance in general and further<br />

education and training, norms and standards for curriculum and assessment and the<br />

issuing <strong>of</strong> certificates at exit points from the general and further education bands <strong>of</strong><br />

the National Qualifications Framework established under the South African<br />

Qualifications Authority Act, 1995 (Act No. 58 <strong>of</strong> 1995).<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 2005-06 to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (6) 2006 Page 5<br />

Page 5


� Key national policy frameworks are provided in respect <strong>of</strong> the needs <strong>of</strong> children<br />

before their formal entry into the basic schooling phase (Early Childhood <strong>Education</strong>)<br />

and the needs <strong>of</strong> learners who have special needs by <strong>Education</strong> White Paper 5 on<br />

Early Childhood <strong>Education</strong> (May 2001) and <strong>Education</strong> White Paper 6 on Special<br />

Needs <strong>Education</strong> – Building an Inclusive <strong>Education</strong> and Training System (July<br />

2001).<br />

� Curriculum 2005 (C2005) governs curriculum in the Province, embodying the vision<br />

for general education to move away from a racist, a<strong>part</strong>heid, rote model <strong>of</strong> learning<br />

and teaching, to a liberating, nation-building and learner-centred outcomes-based<br />

initiative. In line with training strategies, the reformulation <strong>of</strong> the curriculum is<br />

intended to allow greater mobility between different levels and between institutional<br />

sites, and to promote the integration <strong>of</strong> knowledge and skills through learning<br />

pathways. Its assessment, qualifications, competency and skills-based framework<br />

encourages the development <strong>of</strong> curriculum models which are aligned to the National<br />

Qualifications Framework in theory and practice.<br />

7.2 Constitutional Mandate<br />

The Constitution provides for the constitutional right to education and the overall<br />

framework for the delivery <strong>of</strong> education to the people <strong>of</strong> South Africa. The key provisions<br />

<strong>of</strong> the Constitution that impact on delivery by provincial education de<strong>part</strong>ments are<br />

located in section 29 (Chapter 2) <strong>of</strong> the Bill <strong>of</strong> Rights, which reflects that:<br />

“Everyone has the right –<br />

(a) to a basic education, including adult basic education; and<br />

(b) to further education, which the state through reasonable measures must make<br />

progressively available and accessible”.<br />

The Constitution provides that education at all levels (excluding tertiary education) is a<br />

matter <strong>of</strong> concurrent or shared legislative competence between national and provincial<br />

government. It empowers provinces to pass laws on education and provides a<br />

framework to resolve any conflicts that may arise between national and provincial laws.<br />

7.3 National Legislative Mandate<br />

The National <strong>Education</strong> Policy Act, 1996 provides the basic framework for the national<br />

Minister <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> to determine national educational policies, to monitor the<br />

implementation <strong>of</strong> these policies and to evaluate the general well being <strong>of</strong> the<br />

educational system. The Act provides the Minister with significant functions and<br />

responsibilities in terms <strong>of</strong> the overall oversight <strong>of</strong> the education system nationally.<br />

The South African Schools Act, 1996 provides the broad framework for the provision<br />

<strong>of</strong> general education to the children <strong>of</strong> South Africa. This law broadly encompasses the<br />

organization, funding and governance framework for all schools in South Africa and<br />

authorizes the Member <strong>of</strong> the Executive Council responsible for education in the<br />

Province and the Head <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment to exercise far-reaching powers and perform a<br />

range <strong>of</strong> essential functions in education.<br />

The Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Act, 1998 requires the Province to provide for the<br />

establishment, governance and funding <strong>of</strong> public further education and training<br />

institutions. This responsibility extends to monitoring and supporting these institutions.<br />

The Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training Act, 2000 has as its objectives developing<br />

support systems for a curriculum framework to equip learners with functional numeracy,<br />

literacy, language and communication skills and coordinating the development and<br />

implementation <strong>of</strong> quality assurance standards in relation to national standards and the<br />

5 Year ECDoE 5 Year ECDoE Strategic Strategic Plan for Plan 2005/06 for 2005-06 to 2009/10 to 2009-10. March 2006 21 F (6).doc Page 6<br />

contents <strong>part</strong> A: <strong>strategic</strong> <strong>overview</strong>


National Qualifications Framework. Some <strong>of</strong> the programmes included in the strategy<br />

are teacher development programmes, literacy and numeracy and curriculum reform.<br />

One <strong>of</strong> the major challenges confronting the De<strong>part</strong>ment is the reduction <strong>of</strong> adult<br />

illiteracy through the mobilization <strong>of</strong> ABET structures and systems, and the<br />

establishment <strong>of</strong> a reliable learner and teacher database.<br />

The General and Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Quality Assurance Act, 2001<br />

provides for establishing a quality assurance body to ensure that continuous<br />

enhancement <strong>of</strong> quality is achieved in the delivery and outcomes <strong>of</strong> the general and<br />

further education and training sectors <strong>of</strong> the national education and training system and<br />

developing a quality assurance framework for the general and further education bands <strong>of</strong><br />

the National Qualifications Framework. The De<strong>part</strong>ment is a public provider for purposes<br />

<strong>of</strong> the Act, authorizing it to deliver learning programmes and to manage the assessment<br />

<strong>of</strong> such programmes at public schools, public further education and training institutions<br />

and public adult learning centres.<br />

The De<strong>part</strong>ment employs educators and administrative staff in the Province in terms <strong>of</strong><br />

the Employment <strong>of</strong> Educators Act, 1998 and the Public Service Act, 1994. These<br />

Acts govern the employment and human resource relationship between the De<strong>part</strong>ment<br />

and its employees, determining conditions <strong>of</strong> service, discipline, retirement and<br />

discharge.<br />

7.4 Provincial Legislative Mandate<br />

The Eastern Cape Province has passed the Eastern Cape Schools <strong>Education</strong> Act,<br />

1999 (Act No 10, 1999) which builds on the South African Schools Act, 1966<br />

providing further for the organization, governance and funding <strong>of</strong> schools in the<br />

Province. It also provides for the Eastern Cape <strong>Education</strong> Advisory Council, consisting <strong>of</strong><br />

a range <strong>of</strong> stakeholders in education in the Province and for the determination <strong>of</strong><br />

provincial education policy.<br />

The <strong>Education</strong> Laws Amendment (Conduct <strong>of</strong> Matriculation Examinations) Act,<br />

1995 provides for the conduct <strong>of</strong> senior certificate examinations in the Province. It<br />

provides for an examination board and for regulations governing the conduct <strong>of</strong> exams,<br />

the enrolment and discipline <strong>of</strong> learners in exams, the appointment, powers and<br />

functions <strong>of</strong> examiners, moderators and invigilators, the issuing <strong>of</strong> certificates and the<br />

handling <strong>of</strong> inquiries into and irregularities in the conduct <strong>of</strong> exams.<br />

7.5 Good Governance Mandate<br />

The Constitution provides the basic values and principles governing the public<br />

administration in general, including the De<strong>part</strong>ment. These principles include:<br />

� A high standard <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>essional ethics must be promoted and maintained;<br />

� Efficient, economic and effective use <strong>of</strong> resources must be promoted;<br />

� Public administration must be development oriented;<br />

� Services must be provided im<strong>part</strong>ially, fairly, equitably and without bias;<br />

� People’s needs must be responded to, and the public must be encouraged to<br />

<strong>part</strong>icipate in policy-making;<br />

� Transparency must be fostered by providing the public with timely, accessible and<br />

accurate information;<br />

� Good human resource management and career development practices, to maximize<br />

human potential, must be cultivated;<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 2005-06 to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (6).doc 2006 Page Page 7<br />

7


� Public administration must be broadly representative <strong>of</strong> the South African people,<br />

with employment and personnel management practices based on ability, objectivity,<br />

fairness, and the need to address the imbalances <strong>of</strong> the past to achieve broad<br />

representation.<br />

The White Paper on Transforming Public Service Delivery (Batho Pele) (General<br />

Notice 18340 <strong>of</strong> 1 October 1997) promotes transformation in government. It is based<br />

on eight transformation principles. The De<strong>part</strong>ment has recognized that transforming its<br />

service delivery is key to guaranteeing the basic needs <strong>of</strong> citizens and, as such, aims to<br />

be more effective by improving its service delivery programmes. These principles are: 1.<br />

consulting users <strong>of</strong> services; 2. setting service standards; 3. increasing access; 4.<br />

ensuring courtesy; 5. providing more and better information; 6. increasing openness and<br />

transparency; 7. remedying mistakes and failures; and 8. getting the best possible value<br />

for money.<br />

The De<strong>part</strong>ment is bound by the provisions <strong>of</strong> the Public Finance Management Act,<br />

1999 (Act No. 1 <strong>of</strong> 1999) to ensure that all revenue, expenditure, assets and liabilities<br />

are managed efficiently and effectively. The Act requires that good public finance<br />

management principles are incorporated into the De<strong>part</strong>ment’s business plans, that<br />

annual budgets are compiled and managed and that financial systems, risk management<br />

and internal controls are in place and are transparent.<br />

The Promotion <strong>of</strong> Access to Information Act, 2000 (Act No. 2 <strong>of</strong> 2000) requires the<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment to provide access to information that it holds if requested by any person or<br />

organization. The Act gives effect to section 32(1)(a) <strong>of</strong> the Constitution which states that<br />

everyone has the right <strong>of</strong> access to any information held by the State, and section 32<br />

(1)(b) which provides for the right <strong>of</strong> access to information held by any other person<br />

when that information is required for the exercise or protection <strong>of</strong> rights.<br />

The De<strong>part</strong>ment is also subject to the Promotion <strong>of</strong> Administrative Justice Act, 2000<br />

(Act No. 3 <strong>of</strong> 2000) which provides that everyone has the right to administrative action<br />

that is lawful, reasonable and procedurally fair, and that anyone whose rights have been<br />

adversely affected by administrative action may require written reasons for the action.<br />

The Act also provides for the judicial review <strong>of</strong> administrative acts by the courts.<br />

7.6 Electronic <strong>Education</strong> and Communications<br />

The Electronic Communications and Transactions Act, 2002 (Act No. 25 <strong>of</strong> 2002)<br />

provides for the facilitation and regulation <strong>of</strong> electronic communications and<br />

transactions; the development <strong>of</strong> a national e-strategy; universal access to electronic<br />

communications and transactions; human resource development in electronic<br />

transactions; the prevention <strong>of</strong> abuse <strong>of</strong> information systems; and to encourage the use<br />

<strong>of</strong> e-government services. This is an important law for the De<strong>part</strong>ment and for<br />

educational institutions and requires access to and training in the use <strong>of</strong> computers.<br />

The Draft White Paper on e-<strong>Education</strong>, August 2003 provides an overall policy goal to<br />

the effect that “Every South African learner in the general and further education and<br />

training bands will be ICT capable (that is, use Information and Communications<br />

Technology (ICT) confidently and creatively) by 2013”. Policy imperatives in this regard<br />

are set out under the following <strong>strategic</strong> objectives:<br />

� ICT pr<strong>of</strong>essional development <strong>of</strong> teachers, managers and administrators;<br />

� Electronic content resources for teaching and learning;<br />

� ICT infrastructure;<br />

� Connectivity to an educational network and the Internet;<br />

� Community engagement to share the resources with the wider community;<br />

� Research and development into new technologies, methodologies and techniques.<br />

5 Year 5 ECDoE Year ECDoE Strategic Strategic Plan for Plan 2005/06 for 2005-06 to 2009/10 to 2009-10. March 2006 21 F (6).doc Page 8<br />

contents <strong>part</strong> A: <strong>strategic</strong> <strong>overview</strong>


This policy will have a major impact on teaching, learning and administration in schools<br />

over the next 10 years.<br />

8. BROAD POLICIES, PRIORITIES, STRATEGIC GOALS AND<br />

OBJECTIVES<br />

The goals, objectives and priorities <strong>of</strong> the <strong>strategic</strong> plan have been derived from a review<br />

<strong>of</strong> the legislative and policy framework governing education both nationally and in the<br />

Province, and from the development focus and transformational agenda <strong>of</strong> the<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment. The De<strong>part</strong>ment has conducted a detailed analysis <strong>of</strong> its circumstances<br />

and challenges, both historically and currently, and has, as a result, isolated areas <strong>of</strong><br />

focus for the enhancement <strong>of</strong> its performance and the promotion <strong>of</strong> a more equitable<br />

dispensation <strong>of</strong> educational services in the Province. Government adopted “Vision 2014”<br />

as <strong>part</strong> <strong>of</strong> its election manifesto in April 2004. The PGDP and the Transformation<br />

Agenda both cover the ten-year period until 2014. The PGDP takes its cue from<br />

Government’s mandate, including the Medium-Term Strategic Framework (MTSF) for<br />

2004 to 2009, whilst the Transformation Agenda is aligned to the PDGP.<br />

8.1 National and Provincial Government Policies and Priorities<br />

8.1.1 Government's mandate, as reflected in the "2004 Manifesto - A People's Contract to<br />

Create Work and Fight Poverty" is based on an appreciation <strong>of</strong> the progress that has<br />

been made in the past 10 years in creating a constitutional democracy, expanding<br />

access to services and opportunities, growing the economy, improving citizens' security<br />

and locating SA within the vanguard <strong>of</strong> global efforts to build a caring and secure world.<br />

Vision 2014 is articulated in the Manifesto: "Guided by the Reconstruction and<br />

Development Programme, our vision is to build a society that is truly united, nonracial,<br />

non-sexist and democratic. Central to this is a single and integrated economy that<br />

benefits all."<br />

8.1.2 The MTSF indicates that Government's <strong>strategic</strong> priorities, amongst other things, are to<br />

address issues in education such as the recapitalization <strong>of</strong> Further <strong>Education</strong> & Training<br />

(FET) institutions, aligning curricula <strong>of</strong> these and other technical training institutions<br />

with economic needs, other issues relating to the skills training nexus, improving<br />

school performance, ensuring dedicated resources for launching a massive programme<br />

for Early Childhood Development (ECD) as a deliberate human resource investment<br />

(as <strong>part</strong> <strong>of</strong> the Expanded Public Works Programme), expanding the Primary School<br />

Nutrition Programme, and aligning the National Spatial Development Perspective<br />

(NSDP), Provincial Growth & Development Strategies (PGDSs) and Integrated Local<br />

Development Plans (IDPs) within the next three years to ensure that local plans<br />

correspond to national and provincial economic imperatives. All <strong>of</strong> this should occur<br />

within a new culture <strong>of</strong> <strong>part</strong>nerships with various sectors <strong>of</strong> society taking root in the way<br />

government operates, informed by the concept <strong>of</strong> a People's Contract.<br />

8.1.3 The PGDP aims to address the high levels <strong>of</strong> poverty, unemployment and illiteracy,<br />

amongst other things, in the Province. This development framework sets, inter alia, the<br />

following targets for the next 10 years:<br />

� To maintain an economic growth rate <strong>of</strong> between 5% and 8% per annum;<br />

� To reduce by between 60% and 80% the number <strong>of</strong> households living below the<br />

poverty line by 2014;<br />

� To establish food self-sufficiency in the Province by 2014;<br />

� To ensure universal primary education (UPE) by 2014, with all children proceeding<br />

to the first exit point in secondary education;<br />

� To improve the literacy rate in the Province by 50% by 2014;<br />

� To eliminate gender disparity in education and employment by 2014; and<br />

� To halt and begin to reverse the spread <strong>of</strong> HIV and Aids by 2014.<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 2005-06 to to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (6).doc 2006 Page Page 9<br />

9


8.1.4 The Transformation Agenda <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment seeks to ensure redress by pursuing a<br />

course <strong>of</strong> development that is responsive to the social and economic circumstances in<br />

communities, the Development Agenda <strong>of</strong> the Province, and the historically derived<br />

pockets <strong>of</strong> inequitable services that still exist in the Province. In this regard, this section<br />

<strong>of</strong> the document highlights priorities and presents an outline <strong>of</strong> <strong>strategic</strong> goals and<br />

objectives. The section also seeks to present a rationale for the identification and<br />

selection <strong>of</strong> each <strong>strategic</strong> goal in light <strong>of</strong> the vision <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment, the issues that<br />

are currently faced, and the core element <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment’s Transformation Agenda.<br />

8.2 De<strong>part</strong>mental Priority Areas<br />

The priority areas <strong>of</strong> focus in the De<strong>part</strong>ment are derived from its emphasis on ensuring<br />

that the organizational systems and policy framework <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment are sufficiently<br />

adequate to streamline and support service delivery; ensuring that each learner has an<br />

equitable opportunity to achieve; and ensuring that the infrastructure for education is<br />

sufficiently adequate to meet the goals and objectives for service delivery.<br />

An analysis <strong>of</strong> the circumstances in the De<strong>part</strong>ment has revealed that a targeted array <strong>of</strong><br />

critical interventions will provide firm grounding for enhancing educational services and<br />

thus creating a momentum for development and educational achievement. Among the<br />

priority areas for focus are the following:<br />

� Amending or replacement <strong>of</strong> the Province’s schools law<br />

� Ensuring the establishment and functioning <strong>of</strong> advisory structures in education<br />

� Strengthening policy frameworks for learner admissions in Public Schools<br />

� Creating effective and efficient systems and policy for managing learner conduct and<br />

disciplinary hearings<br />

� Maintaining integrity and efficiency in the conduct <strong>of</strong> examinations and assessments<br />

� Creating greater equity and efficiency in the governance, funding and oversight <strong>of</strong><br />

public schools<br />

� Establishing greater capacity and more effective policies and systems for the<br />

administration <strong>of</strong> school fees and public school finances including budgets, school<br />

funds, financial statements and school audit reports<br />

� Establishing policies and support systems for enhancing the performance <strong>of</strong> learner<br />

representative councils<br />

� Enhancing policies, systems and monitoring structures for the registration, funding<br />

and oversight <strong>of</strong> independent schools<br />

� Enabling the transformation and responsiveness <strong>of</strong> public Further <strong>Education</strong> and<br />

Training institutions through proper governance, funding and oversight<br />

� Enhancing the effectiveness, efficiency and productivity <strong>of</strong> public adult learning<br />

centres through proper governance, funding and oversight<br />

� Enhancing the rationalization <strong>of</strong> schools to enhance the efficiency <strong>of</strong> education and<br />

promote greater equity in the availability <strong>of</strong> curriculum options and quality education<br />

� Ensuring the adequacy <strong>of</strong> resources and facilities <strong>of</strong> the proper administration and<br />

delivery <strong>of</strong> education<br />

8.3 De<strong>part</strong>mental Strategic Goals<br />

In light <strong>of</strong> the analysis <strong>of</strong> circumstances and the priority areas identified, 9 goals were<br />

identified to frame the <strong>strategic</strong> focus and activities <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment. These <strong>strategic</strong><br />

goals form the foundation <strong>of</strong> what the De<strong>part</strong>ment seeks to accomplish within the<br />

planned period.<br />

5 Year ECDoE 5 Year ECDoE Strategic Strategic Plan for Plan 2005/06 for 2005-06 to 2009/10 to 2009-10. March 2006 21 F (6).doc Page 10<br />

contents <strong>part</strong> A: <strong>strategic</strong> <strong>overview</strong>


The <strong>strategic</strong> goals are outlined in Table 1. The Table also provides a brief rationale in<br />

support <strong>of</strong> the selection and focus on each <strong>strategic</strong> goal. The De<strong>part</strong>ment aims to<br />

pursue the following <strong>strategic</strong> goals over the next ten years:<br />

Table 1: Strategic Goals and Associated Rationale<br />

No Strategic Goal Rationale and Focus<br />

1 Equity in educational achievements<br />

for all learners regardless <strong>of</strong> race,<br />

gender ,<br />

disability and geographic<br />

location<br />

2 All school learners equipped with<br />

skills for further employment<br />

(including self-employment), training<br />

and <strong>part</strong>icipation in society<br />

3 Improved quality <strong>of</strong> teaching and<br />

learning at all educational levels<br />

throughout the Province<br />

4 Increased levels <strong>of</strong> service<br />

integration at the local level<br />

5 Performance Management<br />

systems and<br />

systems management and processes for<br />

enhanced service delivery<br />

As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />

A review <strong>of</strong> the data on performance shows that historical<br />

disadvantagement still affects the level <strong>of</strong> resources that are<br />

available for education in some communities. The effect <strong>of</strong><br />

prosperity and other circumstances <strong>of</strong> the community affects<br />

schools and the performance and advancement <strong>of</strong> learners<br />

All learners and communities will be resourced to the level that<br />

will produce equity in achievement.<br />

As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />

Learners graduating from schools are not equally equipped for<br />

careers and for life. Many do not have a sound and viable basic<br />

education upon which they can build a future. Because <strong>of</strong> poor<br />

subject choices, minimal educational resources and lack <strong>of</strong><br />

guidance and support, many learners are under-educated, underinformed<br />

and ill-equipped for successful futures.<br />

All learners will have a sound basic education and educational<br />

exposure and information upon which they can build careers<br />

As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />

The quality <strong>of</strong> teaching and learning varies throughout the<br />

Province because <strong>of</strong> the availability and level <strong>of</strong> resources, the<br />

quality <strong>of</strong> teachers and the level <strong>of</strong> parental and community<br />

support. Some learners and communities are disadvantaged<br />

because they do not have access to quality education.<br />

All learners will have a greater opportunity to achieve at a level<br />

that is typical for the more privileged learners in the Province.<br />

As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />

Resources at the local level are not maximized for the highest<br />

benefit <strong>of</strong> learners and their communities. Local organizations<br />

and de<strong>part</strong>ments, especially in the social sector, must work<br />

together to achieve the welfare <strong>of</strong> learners, their parents and their<br />

communities.<br />

A more integrated approach to education at the local level, where<br />

more local resources are applied to the benefit <strong>of</strong> learners. There<br />

will be a higher level <strong>of</strong> purposeful inter-organizational<br />

collaboration.<br />

As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />

Because policies, systems and processes are not sufficiently<br />

streamlined and focused to promote equity and reduce<br />

disadvantagement, inequitable circumstances continue to exist.<br />

The achievement <strong>of</strong> transformational objectives will depend<br />

largely on systems and policies that are supportive.<br />

6 Optimal configuration <strong>of</strong> the school<br />

The adequacy <strong>of</strong> systems will be judged by their ability to<br />

contribute to the realization <strong>of</strong> transformational outcomes<br />

As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 2005/06 to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (6).doc 2006 Page 11


No Strategic Goal Rationale and Focus<br />

system in order to balance access<br />

and efficiency<br />

7 Balanced funding and deployment <strong>of</strong><br />

resources to maximize discretionary<br />

support to <strong>strategic</strong> priorities<br />

8 Social issues affecting schooling<br />

addressed<br />

9 Adequate physical and institutional<br />

infrastructure to support teaching and<br />

learning at all levels<br />

8.4 Strategic Objectives<br />

There are too many small schools in rural areas to maximize<br />

quality and efficiency in education. Students are disadvantaged<br />

by the limited range <strong>of</strong> subject <strong>of</strong>ferings because <strong>of</strong> school<br />

establishments that are too small.<br />

Consolidation <strong>of</strong> schools so that there are larger schools that are<br />

more suitably equipped to deliver quality education.<br />

As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />

Current funding formulae and mechanisms do not currently<br />

accommodate for poverty and disadvantagement. Resources<br />

must be proportionally allocated so that the disadvantaged are<br />

able to make gains in acquiring the capacity to deliver effective<br />

educational services.<br />

Funding and resource allocation formula and mechanisms are<br />

structured in a manner that allows disadvantaged schools and<br />

districts to make gains in service delivery improvement.<br />

As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />

Learners and educators are first and foremost members <strong>of</strong> their<br />

families whilst the latter constitute the building blocks <strong>of</strong> the<br />

various communities served by schools and other educational<br />

institutions. Families and communities are adversely affected by<br />

various social issues such as poverty, crime, unemployment, HIV<br />

and AIDS etc, which constitutes an integral <strong>part</strong> <strong>of</strong> their social<br />

reality.<br />

Social issues affecting schooling therefore need to be addressed<br />

to ensure that quality learning and teaching is possible.<br />

As a result <strong>of</strong> this goal, it is anticipated that<br />

Due to historical reasons some schools function without essential<br />

physical infrastructure such as adequate and proper class and<br />

lecture rooms, laboratories, libraries, <strong>of</strong>fice blocks and toilets.<br />

Some schools and colleges are accommodated in mud<br />

structures, derelict buildings, or are without electricity, water and<br />

sanitation.<br />

Essential physical infrastructure is indispensable in order for<br />

effective learning and teaching to take place.<br />

Each <strong>strategic</strong> goal is broken down into a designated set <strong>of</strong> <strong>strategic</strong> objectives as the<br />

first measure for beginning to delineate specific activities to be undertaken within the<br />

planned period. In the process <strong>of</strong> plan development a wide array <strong>of</strong> <strong>strategic</strong> objectives<br />

were identified for each <strong>strategic</strong> goal. The number <strong>of</strong> <strong>strategic</strong> objectives identified<br />

through these processes was excessive, and was perceived to be generally<br />

unmanageable. As a result, <strong>strategic</strong> objectives were rationalized into the reduced set<br />

<strong>of</strong> objectives that are presented in Table 2. It should be noted, however, that this<br />

rationalization did not compromise the range <strong>of</strong> activities that were considered as<br />

necessary for the implementation <strong>of</strong> the plan. In outlining <strong>strategic</strong> objectives within their<br />

associated measurable objectives and performance measures, every effort was made to<br />

ensure that critical areas <strong>of</strong> focus are identified and properly specified. In effect, no<br />

aspect <strong>of</strong> the <strong>strategic</strong> plan deliberation was lost in the rationalization process.<br />

5 Year 5 Year ECDoE ECDoE Strategic Plan Plan for 2005/06 for 2005-06 to 2009/10 to 2009-10. March 21 2006 F (6).doc Page Page 12 12<br />

contents <strong>part</strong> A: <strong>strategic</strong> <strong>overview</strong>


Table 2 : Outline <strong>of</strong> Strategic Objectives by Strategic Goals<br />

NUMBER AND<br />

IDENTIFICATION OF<br />

GOALS and<br />

OBJECTIVES<br />

STATEMENT OF GOALS WITH ASSOCIATED STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES<br />

Strategic Goal 1: Equity in educational achievements for all learners regardless <strong>of</strong> race, gender,<br />

disability and geographic location<br />

Strategic Objective 1: Increased admission, <strong>part</strong>icipation, progression and success rates in ECD, GET and<br />

FET including rural learners, girls and LSEN<br />

Strategic Objective 2: Targeted and preferential funding to enhance achievement prospects for the most<br />

disadvantaged learners and communities<br />

Strategic Objective 3: Improved enrolment, <strong>part</strong>icipation and performance in Mathematics, Science and<br />

Technology and Economic Management Sciences, <strong>part</strong>icularly amongst girls and<br />

rural learners<br />

Strategic Objective 4: Increased access to and utilization for ICTs also in rural schools, in order to exploit<br />

the transformative equalizing potential <strong>of</strong> e<strong>Education</strong><br />

Strategic Objective 5: High quality relevant teaching and learning materials and equipment reach the<br />

poorest schools<br />

Strategic Goal 2: All school learners equipped with skills for further employment (including selfemployment),<br />

training and <strong>part</strong>icipation in society<br />

Strategic Objective 1: Potential <strong>of</strong> GET and FET learners increased for employment and self-employment<br />

through improved skills, especially in Mathematics, science, technology and ICT<br />

Strategic Objective 2: School and FET learners with skills in line with economic and social needs through a<br />

relevant and well supported curriculum and well trained teachers<br />

Strategic Objective 3: Increased access, throughput and success through quality, relevant learning<br />

programmes in well resourced FET colleges<br />

Strategic Objective 4: Potential <strong>of</strong> FET learners increased for employment and self-employment through<br />

improved linkage to key government initiatives and skills training programmes<br />

Strategic Goal 3: Improved quality teaching and learning at all educational levels throughout the<br />

Province<br />

Strategic Objective 1: Integrated implementation <strong>of</strong> the curriculum coordinated and supported in<br />

accordance with national policies<br />

Strategic Objective 2: Developed and supported a pr<strong>of</strong>essional, committed and well trained teaching corps<br />

Strategic Objective 3: Teacher utilization and performance improved and managed<br />

Strategic Objective 4: A quality foundation for teaching and learning provided and supported through self<br />

managing and well resourced ECD Centres and Schools<br />

Strategic Objective 5: Increased literacy and relevant skills through high quality ABET programmes<br />

Strategic Objective 6: Access to quality teaching and learning for LSEN in accordance with the policy and<br />

principals <strong>of</strong> inclusive education<br />

Strategic Objective 7: Enhanced integration <strong>of</strong> HIV and AIDS and life skills into and across the curriculum<br />

Strategic Objective 8: Improved literacy and pr<strong>of</strong>iciency in the language <strong>of</strong> learning and teaching (LoLT)<br />

Strategic Goal 4: Increased levels <strong>of</strong> service integration at the local level<br />

Strategic Objective 1: Well managed schools with strong community involvement<br />

Strategic Objective 2: Effective pr<strong>of</strong>essional support services from EDOs, Subject Advisors and Special<br />

Needs Staff<br />

Strategic Objective 3: The range and intensity <strong>of</strong> training and development programmes <strong>of</strong>fered to high<br />

priority head <strong>of</strong>fice and district staff increased, and well articulated, comprehensive<br />

and accredited training programmes available<br />

Strategic Objective 4: Well managed education districts with strong links to municipalities and education<br />

stakeholders<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 2005/06 to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (6).doc 2006 Page 13


NUMBER AND<br />

IDENTIFICATION OF<br />

GOALS and<br />

OBJECTIVES<br />

STATEMENT OF GOALS WITH ASSOCIATED STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES<br />

Strategic Objective 5: Improved service delivery in education: develop and implement a decentralization<br />

plan in line with the Provincial Decentralization Plan (PGDP)<br />

Strategic Objective 6: Strengthened coordination and <strong>part</strong>nerships within the De<strong>part</strong>ment and with<br />

government, social <strong>part</strong>ners and civil society<br />

Strategic Goal 5: Performance management systems and processes for enhanced service<br />

delivery<br />

Strategic Objective 1: Strong, locally-based corporate services established in District <strong>of</strong>fices<br />

Strategic Objective 2: Effective performance management and accountability processes for all employees<br />

Strategic Objective 3: Incentives proved to make rural areas more attractive for educators and other public<br />

servants, e.g. access to housing, land tenure, schooling, etc.<br />

Strategic Objective 4: Strategic role <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment enhanced by making management and<br />

administration systems work effectively<br />

Strategic Objective 5: Optimal provisioning and utilization <strong>of</strong> human resources<br />

Strategic Objective 6: HIV and AIDS considerations mainstreamed into all policies, programmes and<br />

procedures <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment<br />

Strategic Objective 7: Strategic management <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment that promotes the transformation agenda<br />

Strategic Goal 6: Optimal configuration <strong>of</strong> the school system in order to balance access and<br />

efficiency<br />

Strategic Objective 1: Realignment <strong>of</strong> schools to comply with the national phases (Grade 1-7 Primary,<br />

Grade 8-12 secondary)<br />

Strategic Objective 2: School construction redirected in order to facilitate reconfiguration<br />

Strategic Objective 3: Subsidized scholar transport (including bicycles) and/or accommodation <strong>of</strong> learners,<br />

<strong>part</strong>icularly at secondary level in order to achieve higher enrolments per school<br />

Strategic Goal 7: Balanced funding and deployment <strong>of</strong> resources to maximize discretionary<br />

support to <strong>strategic</strong> priorities<br />

Strategic Objective 1: Appropriate determination <strong>of</strong> post-baskets and ensuring that every staff member is<br />

optimally utilized<br />

Strategic Objective 2: Closely managed appointment <strong>of</strong> additional staff so that resources can be freed up<br />

for non-personnel expenditure intended to improve quality and service delivery<br />

meeting nationally set targets for personnel : non-personnel expenditure<br />

Strategic Objective 3: Carefully targeted additional resources to improve physical facilities, increase supply<br />

<strong>of</strong> teaching and learning resources and equipment to schools, to train, develop and<br />

support existing personnel better, and to implement the norms and standards for<br />

school funding<br />

Strategic Objective 4: International and local donor community harnessed as <strong>part</strong>ners in education delivery<br />

and access additional resources<br />

Strategic Goal 8: Social issues affecting schooling addressed<br />

Strategic Objective 1: Schools and de<strong>part</strong>mental structures and processes established to respond<br />

adequately to the social issues which affect schools and schooling<br />

Strategic Objective 2: Collaborative relationships within the school community and social structures to<br />

reinforce the family and to manage social issues which affect schools<br />

Strategic Objective 3: A safe and healthy environment and employee wellness in the workplace<br />

Strategic Objective 4: A new model developed and introduced for the school nutrition programme which<br />

involves community <strong>part</strong>icipation through cooperatives<br />

Strategic Objective 5: Care and support for those who are infected or affected by HIV/AIDS<br />

Strategic Goal 9: Adequate physical and institutional infrastructure to support teaching and<br />

learning at all levels<br />

Strategic Objective 1: Adequate school buildings appropriately placed and conducive to teaching, learning<br />

and administration<br />

5 Year 5 Year ECDoE ECDoE Strategic Strategic Plan Plan for 2005/06 for 2005-06 to 2009/10 to 2009-10. March 21 2006 F (6).doc Page Page 14 14<br />

contents <strong>part</strong> A: <strong>strategic</strong> <strong>overview</strong>


NUMBER AND<br />

IDENTIFICATION OF<br />

GOALS and<br />

OBJECTIVES<br />

STATEMENT OF GOALS WITH ASSOCIATED STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES<br />

Strategic Objective 2: A school environment and facilities that are conducive to effective education, safety,<br />

health, security and environmentally appropriate<br />

Strategic Objective 3: Collaboration <strong>of</strong> our school building programme with publicly administered<br />

programmes which deal with poverty, unemployment and other social and economic<br />

challenges in society<br />

Strategic Objective 4: FET colleges properly upgraded and recapitalized in order to respond to labour<br />

market needs<br />

Strategic Objective 5: <strong>Education</strong> District Offices upgraded to provide adequate space and facilities<br />

8.5 Cross Cutting Strategic Goals and Objectives<br />

In order to be implemented the objectives <strong>of</strong> the <strong>strategic</strong> plan must be assigned to<br />

specific Directorates within the De<strong>part</strong>ment, and the appropriate budget and resources<br />

must be allocated for the necessary activities to be undertaken. In some cases,<br />

however, <strong>strategic</strong> objectives relate to the work <strong>of</strong> many Directorates and functions<br />

within the De<strong>part</strong>ment and as a result, they are not easily allocated organizationally or in<br />

respect to budgetary programmes. Some <strong>of</strong> these crosscutting objectives are outlined in<br />

Table 3.<br />

Table 3: Cross Cutting Strategic Goals and Objectives<br />

Strategic Goal 4: Increased levels <strong>of</strong> service integration at the local level<br />

Strategic Objective 1: Well managed schools with strong community involvement<br />

Strategic Objective 2: Effective pr<strong>of</strong>essional support services from EDOs, Subject Advisors and Special<br />

Needs Staff<br />

Strategic Objective 3: The range and intensity <strong>of</strong> training and development programmes <strong>of</strong>fered to high<br />

priority head <strong>of</strong>fice and district staff increased, and well articulated, comprehensive<br />

and accredited training programmes available<br />

Strategic Objective 4: Well managed education districts with strong links to municipalities and education<br />

stakeholders<br />

Strategic Objective 5: Improved service delivery in education: develop and implement a decentralization<br />

plan in line with the Provincial Decentralization Plan (PGDP)<br />

Strategic Objective 6: Strengthened coordination and <strong>part</strong>nerships within the De<strong>part</strong>ment and with<br />

government, social <strong>part</strong>ners and civil society<br />

Strategic Goal 5: Performance management systems and processes for enhanced service<br />

delivery<br />

Strategic Objective 2: Effective accountability and performance management processes for staff<br />

Strategic Objective 3: Incentives proved to make rural areas more attractive for educators and other public<br />

servants, e.g. access to housing, land tenure, schooling, etc.<br />

Strategic Objective 4: Strategic role <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment enhanced by making management and<br />

administration systems work effectively<br />

Strategic Objective 5: Optimal provisioning and utilization <strong>of</strong> human resources<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 2005-06 to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (6).doc 2006 Page 15<br />

15


Strategic Objective 6: HIV and AIDS considerations mainstreamed into all policies, programmes and<br />

procedures <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment<br />

Strategic Objective 7: Strategic management <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment that promotes the transformation agenda<br />

Strategic Goal 8: Social issues affecting schooling addressed<br />

Strategic Objective 1: Schools and de<strong>part</strong>mental structures and processes established to respond<br />

adequately to the social issues which affect schools and schooling<br />

Strategic Objective 2: Collaborative relationships within the school community and social structures to<br />

reinforce the family and to manage social issues which affect schools<br />

Strategic Objective 3: A safe and healthy environment and employee wellness in the workplace<br />

Strategic Objective 5: Care and support for those who are infected or affected by HIV/AIDS<br />

Strategic Goal 9: Adequate physical and institutional infrastructure to support teaching and<br />

learning at all levels<br />

Strategic Objective 2: A school environment and facilities that are conducive to effective education, safety,<br />

health, security and environmentally appropriate<br />

Strategic Objective 3: Collaboration <strong>of</strong> our school building programme with publicly administered<br />

programmes which deal with poverty, unemployment and other social and economic<br />

challenges in society<br />

8.6 Monitoring and Evaluation<br />

The measurement <strong>of</strong> progress in the attainment <strong>of</strong> these goals and objectives will<br />

require policy change and formulation and the development and maintenance <strong>of</strong> a<br />

planning, evaluation, monitoring and research component within the De<strong>part</strong>ment. The<br />

support and upgrade <strong>of</strong> the EMIS section will ensure a strong and reliable data source is<br />

available to track and support the transformation process.<br />

9. INFORMATION SYSTEMS TO MONITOR PROGRESS<br />

Information systems to monitor progress are divided into three main components –<br />

financial information systems, operational information systems and information reporting<br />

systems. All these systems are computerised. But, in addition to the computerised<br />

information that is made available through these well established and routine IT systems<br />

in Government, the De<strong>part</strong>ment has put in place its own structures for research<br />

monitoring, evaluation and reporting. Together these systems and structures constitute<br />

the basic facilities for monitoring progress. Each is reviewed briefly below.<br />

9.1 Financial Information Systems<br />

The De<strong>part</strong>ment operates the National Treasury’s transversal systems <strong>of</strong> Persal, BAS<br />

and Logis systems for personnel and salary administration, accounting, and ordering<br />

and stores management. The Logis and BAS systems now have an interface, which<br />

means that transaction information initiated in the Logis system is transferred directly to<br />

the BAS system without the need for again capturing the data. Logis is now a web-based<br />

system. An interface also operates between the Persal and BAS systems.<br />

5 5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan Plan for for 2005/06 2005-06 to to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F 2006 (6).doc Page 16 Page 16<br />

contents <strong>part</strong> A: <strong>strategic</strong> <strong>overview</strong>


9.2 Operational Information Systems<br />

The De<strong>part</strong>ment makes use <strong>of</strong> the transversal Examinations system to administer<br />

examination results.<br />

In relation to financial performance, the De<strong>part</strong>ment established a monthly process<br />

whereby all managers are required to present an analysis <strong>of</strong> expenditure to date against<br />

operational plan targets and projected cash flows at the Financial Committee.<br />

This process results in a report with recommendations to each manager in the<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment on how to address deviations and other compliance issues. Underpinning<br />

this process are the principles outlined in the PFMA.<br />

On a quarterly basis, all senior managers meet to review programme performance which<br />

is based on their quarterly programme reports in relation to operational and <strong>strategic</strong><br />

targets and financial data from BAS.<br />

9.3 Information Reporting Systems<br />

A provincially developed system called the Electronic Facilities Management System<br />

(EFMS) provides useful information on every school in the province. This database has<br />

five modules consisting <strong>of</strong>:<br />

1. Programme management;<br />

2. Property register showing the location <strong>of</strong> each school;<br />

3. Facilities management module which deals with projects for new schools or<br />

additional classrooms;<br />

4. Maintenance planning, which enables maintenance and rehabilitation projects to be defined;<br />

5. Property management.<br />

The transversal <strong>Education</strong> Management Information System (EMIS) is used for a range<br />

<strong>of</strong> statistics collected annually on the demographics and other indicators <strong>of</strong> learners,<br />

educators, classrooms and schools.<br />

The National Treasury’s Vulindlela system provides management information from the<br />

Persal and BAS systems in an easy-to-use, web-based format. Table 4 provides<br />

information on who monitors which responsible manager and identifies the mechanisms<br />

used to carry out this monitoring.<br />

Table 4: Responsible Managers, Monitoring Agency and Monitoring Mechanisms<br />

Responsible<br />

Manager<br />

Monitoring Agency Monitoring Mechanism<br />

MEC Premier/ Executive Council/ � Strategic Plans and Budgets�<br />

Legislature<br />

Provincial<br />

/ Auditor-General<br />

�<br />

�<br />

Quarterly Reports�<br />

Annual Reports�<br />

HOD MEC<br />

� Operational Plans and Budgets�<br />

� Monthly Reports�<br />

� Quarterly Reports�<br />

� Annual Reports�<br />

Branch HOD<br />

� Operational Plans and Budgets�<br />

Managers<br />

� Monthly Cash flows�<br />

� Monthly Reports�<br />

� Quarterly Reports�<br />

� Annual Reports�<br />

Line<br />

Branch managers<br />

� Operational Plans and Budgets�<br />

Managers<br />

� Monthly Cash flows�<br />

� Procurement Plans �<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 2005-06 to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (6).doc 2006 Page 17<br />

17


� Monthly Reports�<br />

� Quarterly Reports�<br />

� Annual Reports�<br />

10. DESCRIPTION OF STRATEGIC PLANNING PROCESS<br />

It should be noted here that this document is a revision and update <strong>of</strong> the previously published<br />

<strong>strategic</strong> plan <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment for 2005/6 to 2009/10. As a result, the planning process<br />

described in this section refers to the analysis, engagements and activities which resulted in<br />

this updated version <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment’s plan for education within the planned period. The<br />

major components <strong>of</strong> the planning process were analysis, consultation, rationalization<br />

prioritization, plan preparation, review and approval.<br />

A reconsideration <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment’s <strong>strategic</strong> position was initiated by the MEC when<br />

he requested the preparation <strong>of</strong> a paper on the manner in which the De<strong>part</strong>ment should<br />

transform in order to fulfil its obligations and be responsive to the development<br />

circumstances <strong>of</strong> the Province. On this basis, an in-depth analysis was conducted on<br />

the circumstances <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment historically and currently in order to isolate critical<br />

problem areas which affect the overall performance <strong>of</strong> the system. The result <strong>of</strong> this<br />

investigation was the preparation <strong>of</strong> a monograph on “A Transformation Agenda” for the<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment. This agenda <strong>of</strong> objectives and activities sought to overcome the problems<br />

which exist in the De<strong>part</strong>ment and set out a new framework for the equitable and<br />

efficient delivery <strong>of</strong> educational services. A Province-wide consultation involving all<br />

stakeholders was convened on the monograph as a basis for service “buy-in”, but more<br />

importantly as a basis for enabling stakeholders to secure a better understanding <strong>of</strong> the<br />

issues which affect education and thereby soliciting further input for the improvement.<br />

When the consultation was completed, it was evident from the input provided that the<br />

<strong>strategic</strong> plan for the De<strong>part</strong>ment had to be revised in order to respond to a variety <strong>of</strong><br />

issues raised and the scope <strong>of</strong> solutions rendered. Even more so, it was now more<br />

critical than before to ensure that the <strong>strategic</strong> plan <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment serve as a clear<br />

and articulated statement <strong>of</strong> the manner in which the De<strong>part</strong>ment seeks to meet its<br />

obligations and priorities and in the process continue to enhance its performance. A<br />

consultative process was set in place to secure input for the development <strong>of</strong> the plan.<br />

A series <strong>of</strong> consultative workshops were convened involving all managerial staff <strong>of</strong> the<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment. These workshops sought to delineate <strong>strategic</strong> objectives for each <strong>of</strong> the<br />

<strong>strategic</strong> goals <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment, to identify measurable objectives and performance<br />

measures and to decide on organizational assignments for undertaking responsibilities<br />

under the plan. The De<strong>part</strong>ment sought to make the planning process both informative<br />

and empowering as a measure to enable a more in-depth understanding <strong>of</strong> the plan.<br />

However, this process also served as a vehicle to secure commitment, promote interunit<br />

collaboration and instil renewed vigour for facilitating the transformation <strong>of</strong> the<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment.<br />

Because <strong>of</strong> the level <strong>of</strong> broad-based consultation, the number <strong>of</strong> <strong>strategic</strong> objectives<br />

generated was unmanageable. It was necessary, therefore, to engage in a<br />

rationalization and prioritization process in order to reduce the complexity <strong>of</strong> plan<br />

implementation. These objectives were reduced by shifting some objectives to<br />

performance measures, by consolidating related objectives and by eliminating objectives<br />

that were duplicative. In spite <strong>of</strong> this, all the inputs regarding the critical activities to be<br />

undertaken were retained in the presentation <strong>of</strong> the plan.<br />

Managers in the De<strong>part</strong>ment undertook several interactions <strong>of</strong> revision and review in order to<br />

prepare the document <strong>of</strong> approval. The document was finally approved and submitted.<br />

All input was prepared in accordance with the National Treasury Guidelines. On<br />

occasions it as necessary to go beyond these guidelines so that the document will serve<br />

its purpose in enlightening and empowering <strong>of</strong>ficials in the De<strong>part</strong>ment.<br />

5 Year ECDoE 5 Year Strategic ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 Plan for to 2005-06 2009/10 to March 2009-10. 2006 21 F (6).doc Page 18<br />

contents <strong>part</strong> A: <strong>strategic</strong> <strong>overview</strong>


5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10 March 2006 Page 19


e a s t e r n c a p e d e p a r t m e n t o f<br />

EDUCATION<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10 March 2006 Page 20<br />

contents


PART B: PROGRAMME AND SUB-PROGRAMME PLANS<br />

11. STRATEGIC GOALS, OBJECTIVES AND BUDGET PROGRAMMES<br />

11.1. INTRODUCTION<br />

This section <strong>of</strong> the <strong>strategic</strong> plan document presents an analysis <strong>of</strong> the respective<br />

programmes and sub-programmes that are used for budgeting and for budget allocation<br />

and management. The structure and analysis presented herein is critical for two<br />

reasons. The first is the legal requirement to comply with the budgeting and<br />

implementation frameworks provided. If programmes and programme activities are not<br />

properly presented according to the programmatic framework within which funding is<br />

received, then the likelihood for financial support for the respective programme is<br />

significantly reduced. This framework is therefore most essential to the successful<br />

implementation <strong>of</strong> the <strong>strategic</strong> goals and objectives outlined. The second reason for the<br />

importance <strong>of</strong> this framework is that it gives meaning and contextualizes the <strong>strategic</strong><br />

goals <strong>of</strong> the plan. Here the practical details <strong>of</strong> the plan are presented on each <strong>strategic</strong><br />

objective and on each planned activity. These details provide the richness and depth<br />

that is necessary to both understand what is intended and then successfully manage<br />

implementation.<br />

In introducing the sub-programmes, however, it should be noted that an attempt was<br />

made to present and describe all information on programmes at the sub-programme<br />

level. This will allow a more detailed examination <strong>of</strong> the context and circumstances in<br />

which <strong>part</strong>icular goals and objectives will be implemented, and thereby lay a sound<br />

foundation for implementation.<br />

Because <strong>of</strong> the complexity <strong>of</strong> the respective sub-programmes, most <strong>of</strong> the information<br />

and analysis <strong>of</strong> sub-programmes is presented in the Annual Performance Plan (APP). In<br />

addition it should be noted that the sub-programme structure does not have an exact fit<br />

with the organizational structure <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment or the range <strong>of</strong> activities that are<br />

necessary to fulfil the goals and objectives outlined. To some extent therefore, it was<br />

necessary to force planned prospects and activities within the established programme<br />

and sub-programme structure.<br />

Notwithstanding, planners were relatively successful in working with the respective<br />

managers to ensure that activities and circumstances are properly represented within<br />

the programmatic structure.<br />

In this respect, five tables are presented. The first, Table 5, presents a brief outline <strong>of</strong><br />

the programme and sub-programme structure within which the planned activities <strong>of</strong> the<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment are framed. It is a listing <strong>of</strong> the programmes and the sub-programmes<br />

within them. Table 6 presents the <strong>strategic</strong> goals and objectives according to<br />

programme and sub-programme structure and accordingly to the Chief Directorates to<br />

which each objective is appropriate.<br />

Table 7 presents a brief <strong>overview</strong> <strong>of</strong> each programme noting the objectives and the<br />

technical boundaries in terms <strong>of</strong> goals, services and payments that are allowable. Table<br />

8 presents an <strong>overview</strong> <strong>of</strong> policies, priorities and constraints in the respective<br />

programmes and sub-programmes. Further a more detailed analysis and plan for the<br />

respective sub-programmes appears in the Annual Performance Plan (APP).<br />

A more detailed description is provided for each <strong>of</strong> the tables presented.<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 2005-06 to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (7).doc 2006 Page 2119


Table 5: Programmes and Sub-Programmes Structure for the De<strong>part</strong>ment<br />

Programme Sub-programme<br />

1. Administration<br />

2. Public Ordinary<br />

School <strong>Education</strong><br />

1.1. Office <strong>of</strong> the MEC<br />

1.2. Corporate Services<br />

1.3. <strong>Education</strong> Management<br />

1.4. Human Resource Development<br />

1.5. Conditional Grants<br />

1.6. <strong>Education</strong> Management Information Systems (EMIS)<br />

2.1. Public Primary Schools<br />

2.2. Public Secondary Schools<br />

2.3. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

2.4. Human Resource Development<br />

2.5. In-school Sport and Culture<br />

2.6. Conditional Grants (SNP)<br />

3.1. Primary Phase<br />

3. Independent<br />

School Subsidies 3.2. Secondary Phase<br />

4. Public Special<br />

School <strong>Education</strong><br />

4.1.<br />

4.2.<br />

Schools<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

4.3. Human Resource Development<br />

5. Further<br />

<strong>Education</strong> and<br />

Training<br />

6. Adult Basic<br />

<strong>Education</strong> and<br />

Training<br />

7. Early<br />

Childhood<br />

Development<br />

8. Auxiliary and<br />

Associated<br />

Services<br />

4.4. In-school Sport and Culture<br />

4.5. Conditional Grants<br />

5.1. Public Institutions<br />

5.2. Youth Colleges<br />

5.3. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

5.4. Human Resource Development<br />

5.5. In-college Sport and Culture<br />

5.6. Conditional Grants<br />

6.1. Public Centres<br />

6.2. Subsidies to Private Centres<br />

6.3. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

6.4. Human Resource Development<br />

6.5. Conditional Grants<br />

7.1. Grade R in Public Schools<br />

7.2. Grade R in Community Centres<br />

7.3. Pre-Grade R<br />

7.4. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

7.5. Human Resource Development<br />

7.6. Conditional Grants<br />

8.1. Payments to SETA<br />

8.2. Conditional Grant Projects (HIV and Aids)<br />

8.3. Special Projects<br />

8.4. External Examinations<br />

5 Year ECDoE 5 Year ECDoE Strategic Strategic Plan for Plan 2005/06 for 2005-06 to 2009/10 to 2009-10. March 2006 21 F (7).doc Page 20 22<br />

<strong>part</strong> B: programme & sub-programme plans


11.2. Strategic Goals and Objectives with Sub-Programme and Chief Directorate<br />

Assignment<br />

All <strong>strategic</strong> goals and objectives must fit within designated sub-programmes to be<br />

funded, and they must be assigned to Directorates and Chief Directorates responsible<br />

for their implementation. In order to present a more comprehensive <strong>overview</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />

objectives as they are assigned to sub-programmes and to the respective Directorates,<br />

Table 6 is presented as a summary. It should be noted here that each objective may be<br />

assigned to multiple sub-programmes and to more than one Directorate or Chief<br />

Directorates. When objectives are further broken down into measurable objectives and<br />

performance measures, however, then assignments may be made with a bit more<br />

specificity.<br />

Special emphasis must be placed on the manner in which different Directorates<br />

collaborate in order to undertake <strong>part</strong>icular assignments related to a single <strong>strategic</strong><br />

objective. This is necessary so as to avoid duplication, confusion and inefficient use <strong>of</strong><br />

available resources.<br />

In order to acquire a fuller understanding <strong>of</strong> the context and circumstances <strong>of</strong> <strong>part</strong>icular<br />

initiatives to be undertaken, it will be instructive to reflect on Directorate assignments in<br />

reviewing the various sub-programmes which will be described later in this chapter.<br />

Table 6: Strategic Goals & Objectives, Programme/Sub-Programme & Chief Directorate<br />

Assignment<br />

STRATEGIC GOALS AND<br />

OBJECTIVES<br />

PROGRAMME AND SUB-PROGRAMME<br />

REFERENCE<br />

CHIEF DIRECTORATE<br />

Goal 1: Equity in educational achievements for all learners regardless <strong>of</strong> race, gender, disability and<br />

geographic location<br />

1.1 Increased admission,<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools � Curriculum Management�<br />

<strong>part</strong>icipation, progression and success<br />

rates in ECD, GET and FET including<br />

rural learners, girls and LSEN<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools<br />

4.1 Public Special School <strong>Education</strong><br />

� Institutional Development & Support�<br />

� District Coordination & Management�<br />

5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training � Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services�<br />

6.1 Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training �<br />

7.1 and 7.2 Early Childhood Development �<br />

1.2 Targeted and preferential funding 2.1 Public Primary Schools � Strategic Management Monitoring &<br />

to enhance achievement prospects for<br />

Evaluation�<br />

the most disadvantaged learners and<br />

communities<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools<br />

6.1 Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

� Institutional Development & Support�<br />

� Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services�<br />

7.1 and 7.2 Early Childhood Development � District Coordination & Management�<br />

1.3 Improved enrolment, <strong>part</strong>icipation 2.1 Corporate Services � Institutional Development & Support�<br />

and performance in Mathematics,<br />

Science and Technology and<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools � District Coordination & Management�<br />

Economic Management Sciences, 2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services � Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services�<br />

<strong>part</strong>icularly amongst girls and rural<br />

learners<br />

5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

6.1 Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

�<br />

�<br />

1.4 Increased access to and utilization 2.1 Public Primary Schools � Curriculum Management�<br />

for ICTs also in rural schools, in order<br />

to exploit the transformative equalizing<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools � District Coordination & Management�<br />

potential <strong>of</strong> e<strong>Education</strong> 2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services � Facilities & Infrastructure Management�<br />

1.5 High quality relevant teaching and<br />

learning materials and equipment<br />

reach the poorest schools<br />

1.2 Corporate Services � Curriculum Management�<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools � Institutional Development & Support�<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools � Supply Chain Management�<br />

2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services �<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 2005/06 to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (7).doc 2006 Page 23<br />

21


STRATEGIC GOALS AND<br />

OBJECTIVES<br />

PROGRAMME AND SUB-PROGRAMME<br />

REFERENCE<br />

CHIEF DIRECTORATE<br />

Goal 2: All school learners equipped with skills for further employment (including self-employment),<br />

training and <strong>part</strong>icipation in society<br />

2.1 Potential <strong>of</strong> GET and FET<br />

learners increased for employment<br />

and self-employment through<br />

improved skills, especially in<br />

Mathematics, science, technology and<br />

ICT<br />

2.2 School and FET learners with<br />

skills in line with economic and social<br />

needs through a relevant and well<br />

supported curriculum and well trained<br />

teachers<br />

2.3 Increased access, throughput and<br />

success through quality, relevant<br />

learning programmes in well resourced<br />

FET colleges<br />

2.4 Potential <strong>of</strong> FET learners<br />

increased for employment and selfemployment<br />

through improved linkage<br />

to key government initiatives and skills<br />

training programmes<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools � Curriculum Management�<br />

2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services � Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services�<br />

5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training �<br />

6.1 Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training �<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools � Curriculum Management�<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools � Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services�<br />

5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training �<br />

6.1 Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training �<br />

5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training � Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />

� Curriculum Management<br />

�<br />

5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training � Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services�<br />

Goal 3: Improved quality <strong>of</strong> teaching and learning at all educational levels throughout the Province<br />

3.1 Integrated implementation <strong>of</strong> the 1.3 <strong>Education</strong> Management � Curriculum Management�<br />

curriculum coordinated and supported<br />

in accordance with national policies<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools<br />

2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

� District Coordination & Management�<br />

3.2 Developed and supported a 1.2 Human Resource Development � Curriculum Management�<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>essional, committed and well<br />

trained teaching corps<br />

2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

2.4 Human Resource Development<br />

� District Coordination & Management�<br />

3.3 Teacher utilization and<br />

1.2 Corporate Services � District Coordination & Management�<br />

performance improved and managed<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools � Institutional Development & Support�<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools<br />

5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

6.1 Early Childhood Development<br />

� Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services�<br />

3.4 A quality foundation for teaching 2.1 Public Primary Schools � Curriculum Management�<br />

and learning provided and supported<br />

through self managing and well<br />

2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services � Institutional Development & Support�<br />

resourced ECD Centres and Schools 7.1 and 7.2 Early Childhood Development<br />

3.5 Increased literacy and relevant<br />

skills through high quality ABET<br />

programmes<br />

3.6 Access to quality teaching and<br />

learning for LSEN in accordance with<br />

the policy and principles <strong>of</strong> inclusive<br />

education<br />

3.7 Enhanced integration <strong>of</strong> HIV and<br />

AIDS and life skills into and across the<br />

curriculum<br />

3.8 Improved literacy and pr<strong>of</strong>iciency<br />

in the language <strong>of</strong> learning and<br />

teaching (LoLT)<br />

6.1 and 6.2 Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training � Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services<br />

� Curriculum Management<br />

4.1 Public Special School <strong>Education</strong> � <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services�<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools � Curriculum Management�<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools<br />

4.1 Public Special School <strong>Education</strong><br />

8.2 Conditional Grant Projects (HIV/AIDS)<br />

� <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services�<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools � Curriculum Management�<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools � Institutional Development & Support�<br />

2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services � Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services�<br />

6.1 Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

5 Year 5 Year ECDoE ECDoE Strategic Strategic Plan Plan for 2005-06 for 2005/06 to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F March (7).doc 2006 Page 22 Page 24<br />

<strong>part</strong> B: programme & sub-programme plans


STRATEGIC GOALS AND<br />

OBJECTIVES<br />

PROGRAMME AND SUB-PROGRAMME<br />

REFERENCE<br />

Goal 4: Increased levels <strong>of</strong> service integration at the local level<br />

4.1 Well managed schools with strong<br />

community involvement<br />

4.2 Effective pr<strong>of</strong>essional support<br />

services from EDOs, Subject Advisors<br />

and Special Needs Staff<br />

4.3 The range and intensity <strong>of</strong> training<br />

and development programmes <strong>of</strong>fered<br />

to high priority head <strong>of</strong>fice and district<br />

staff increased, and well articulated,<br />

comprehensive and accredited training<br />

programmes available<br />

4.4 Well managed education districts<br />

with strong links to municipalities and<br />

education stakeholders<br />

4.5 Improved service delivery in<br />

education: develop and implement a<br />

decentralization plan in line with the<br />

Provincial Decentralization Plan<br />

(PGDP)<br />

4.6 Strengthened coordination and<br />

<strong>part</strong>nerships within the De<strong>part</strong>ment<br />

and with government, social <strong>part</strong>ners<br />

and civil society<br />

CHIEF DIRECTORATE<br />

1.3 <strong>Education</strong> Management � District Coordination & Management�<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools � Institutional Development & Support�<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools �<br />

1.3 <strong>Education</strong> Management � District Coordination & Management�<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools � Institutional Development & Support�<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools � <strong>Education</strong> Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services�<br />

2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services �<br />

1.2 Corporate Services � District Coordination & Management�<br />

1.3 <strong>Education</strong> Management � Institutional Development & Support�<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools � Human Resource Management�<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools � Curriculum Management�<br />

2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services � <strong>Education</strong> Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services�<br />

1.2 Corporate Services � District Development and Support�<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools �<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools �<br />

1.2 Corporate Services � District Coordination & Management�<br />

1.3 <strong>Education</strong> Management � Institutional Development & Support�<br />

� Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services�<br />

� Human Resource Management�<br />

� Financial Management<br />

1.1 Office <strong>of</strong> the MEC � <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services�<br />

1.2 Corporate Services � Strategic Management monitoring &<br />

Evaluation<br />

4.1 Public Special School <strong>Education</strong> � Institutional Development & Support<br />

Goal 5: Performance management systems and processes for enhanced service delivery are enhanced<br />

5.1 Strong, locally-based corporate 1.2 Corporate Services<br />

� Human Resource Management�<br />

services established in District <strong>of</strong>fices<br />

� Financial Management�<br />

� Supply Chain Management�<br />

5.2 Effective performance<br />

1.2 Corporate Services � Curriculum Management�<br />

management and accountability<br />

processes for all employees<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools � Institutional Development & Support�<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools � Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services�<br />

2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services � Human Resource Management�<br />

5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training �<br />

5.3 Incentives proved to make rural 1.2 Corporate Services � District Coordination & Management�<br />

areas more attractive for educators<br />

and other public servants, e.g. access<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools � Facilities & Infrastructure Management�<br />

to housing, land tenure, schooling, etc. 2.2 Public Secondary Schools � Human Resource Management�<br />

5.4 Strategic role <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment<br />

enhanced by making management<br />

and administration systems work<br />

effectively<br />

5.5 Optimal provisioning and<br />

utilization <strong>of</strong> human resources<br />

1.2 Corporate Services � Human Resource Management�<br />

� Financial Management �<br />

� Facilities & Infrastructure Management�<br />

� Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services�<br />

1.2 Corporate Services � Human Resource Management�<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools � Institutional Development & Support�<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools � <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services�<br />

4.1 Public Special School <strong>Education</strong> � Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services�<br />

5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training � District Coordination & Management �<br />

6.1 Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training �<br />

7.1 and 7.2 Early Childhood Development �<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 2005/06 to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (7).doc 2006 Page 25<br />

23


STRATEGIC GOALS AND<br />

OBJECTIVES<br />

5.6 HIV and AIDS considerations<br />

mainstreamed into all policies,<br />

programmes and procedures <strong>of</strong> the<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment<br />

5.7 Strategic management <strong>of</strong> the<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment that promotes the<br />

Transformation Agenda<br />

PROGRAMME AND SUB-PROGRAMME<br />

REFERENCE<br />

CHIEF DIRECTORATE<br />

8.2 Conditional Grant Projects (HIV/AIDS) � <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services�<br />

1.2 Corporate Services � Strategic Management Monitoring and<br />

Evaluation�<br />

Goal 6: Optimal configuration <strong>of</strong> the school system in order to balance access and efficiency<br />

6.1 Realignment <strong>of</strong> schools to comply<br />

with the national phases (Grade 1-7<br />

Primary, Grade 8-12 secondary)<br />

6.2 School construction redirected in<br />

order to facilitate reconfiguration<br />

6.3 Subsidized scholar transport<br />

(including bicycles) and/or<br />

accommodation <strong>of</strong> learners,<br />

<strong>part</strong>icularly at secondary level in order<br />

to achieve higher enrolments per<br />

school<br />

1.2 Corporate Services � Strategic Management Monitoring and<br />

Evaluation�<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools � Institutional Development & Support�<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools � District Coordination & Management �<br />

1.2 Corporate Services � Physical resource Management and IS�<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools �<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools �<br />

1.2 Corporate Services � <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services�<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools � Facilities & Infrastructure Management�<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools �<br />

Goal 7: Balanced funding and deployment <strong>of</strong> resources to maximize discretionary support to <strong>strategic</strong><br />

priorities<br />

7.1 Appropriate determination <strong>of</strong> postbaskets<br />

and ensuring that every staff<br />

member is optimally utilized<br />

7.2 Closely managed appointment <strong>of</strong><br />

additional staff so that resources can<br />

be freed up for non-personnel<br />

expenditure intended to improve<br />

quality and service delivery meeting<br />

nationally set targets for personnel :<br />

non-personnel expenditure<br />

7.3 Carefully targeted additional<br />

resources to improve physical<br />

facilities, increase supply <strong>of</strong> teaching<br />

and learning resources and equipment<br />

to schools, to train, develop and<br />

support existing personnel better, and<br />

to implement the norms and standards<br />

for school funding<br />

7.4 International and local donor<br />

community harnessed as <strong>part</strong>ners in<br />

education delivery and access<br />

additional resources<br />

1.2 Corporate Services � Strategic Management Monitoring and<br />

Evaluation�<br />

� Human Resource Management�<br />

� Financial Management�<br />

1.2 Corporate Services<br />

� Strategic Management Monitoring and<br />

Evaluation�<br />

� Human Resource Management�<br />

� Financial Management�<br />

1.2 Corporate Services<br />

Goal 8: Social issues affecting schooling are addressed<br />

8.1 Schools and de<strong>part</strong>mental<br />

structures and processes established<br />

to respond adequately to the social<br />

issues which affect schools and<br />

schooling<br />

8.2 Collaborative relationships within<br />

the school community and social<br />

structures to reinforce the family and<br />

to manage social issues which affect<br />

schools<br />

8.3 A safe and healthy environment<br />

and employee wellness in the<br />

� Strategic Management Monitoring and<br />

Evaluation�<br />

� Facilities & Infrastructure Management�<br />

� Financial Management�<br />

1.2 Corporate Services � Strategic Management Monitoring and<br />

Evaluation�<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools � Financial Management�<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools � Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services�<br />

2.6 Conditional Grants (SNP) � Institutional Development & Support�<br />

4.1 Public Special School <strong>Education</strong> � <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services�<br />

8.2 Conditional Grant Projects (HIV/AIDS) �<br />

1.2 Corporate Services � Institutional Development & Support�<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools � <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services�<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools �<br />

8.2 Conditional Grant Projects (HIV/AIDS) �<br />

1.2 Corporate Services � Institutional Development & Support�<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools � <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services�<br />

5 Year 5 ECDoE Year ECDoE Strategic Strategic Plan for Plan 2005-06 for 2005/06 to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F March (7).doc 2006 Page 24 Page 26<br />

<strong>part</strong> B: programme & sub-programme plans


STRATEGIC GOALS AND<br />

OBJECTIVES<br />

workplace<br />

PROGRAMME AND SUB-PROGRAMME<br />

REFERENCE<br />

CHIEF DIRECTORATE<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools � Human Resource Management�<br />

8.2 Conditional Grant Projects (HIV/AIDS) �<br />

8.4 A new model developed and 1.2 Corporate Services � <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services�<br />

introduced for the school nutrition<br />

programme which involves community<br />

2.6 Conditional Grants (SNP) � Supply Chain Management<br />

<strong>part</strong>icipation through cooperatives �<br />

8.5 Care and support for those who<br />

are infected or affected by HIV/AIDS<br />

8.2 Conditional Grant Projects (HIV/AIDS) � <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services�<br />

Goal 9: Adequate physical and institutional infrastructure to support teaching and learning at all levels<br />

9.1 Adequate school buildings<br />

appropriately placed and conducive to<br />

teaching, learning and administration<br />

9.2 A school environment and<br />

facilities that are conducive to effective<br />

education, safety, health, security and<br />

environmentally appropriate<br />

9.3 Collaboration <strong>of</strong> our school<br />

building programme with publicly<br />

administered programmes which deal<br />

with poverty, unemployment and other<br />

social and economic challenges in<br />

society<br />

9.4 FET colleges properly upgraded<br />

and recapitalized in order to respond<br />

to labour market needs<br />

9.5 <strong>Education</strong> District Offices<br />

upgraded to provide adequate space<br />

and facilities<br />

11.3.Focus and Limits <strong>of</strong> Sub-Programmes<br />

1.2 Corporate Services � Facilities & Infrastructure Management�<br />

1.2 Corporate Services<br />

2.1 Public Primary Schools<br />

� Facilities & Infrastructure Management�<br />

2.2 Public Secondary Schools �<br />

8.2 Conditional Grant Projects (HIV/AIDS) �<br />

1.2 Corporate Services � Facilities & Infrastructure Management<br />

� <strong>Education</strong> Social Support Services<br />

1.2 Corporate Services � Facilities & Infrastructure Management�<br />

5.1 and 5.2 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training � Vocational <strong>Education</strong> Services�<br />

1.2 Corporate Services � Facilities & Infrastructure Management<br />

� District Coordination and Management<br />

Table 7 presents an <strong>overview</strong> <strong>of</strong> programmes and sub-programmes with brief notes on the<br />

objective <strong>of</strong> the programme, and the goods, services and payments which could be<br />

legitimately considered within the authority <strong>of</strong> the respective programme. This information<br />

is included for two reasons. First, it was one <strong>of</strong> the underlying sentiments <strong>of</strong> the <strong>strategic</strong><br />

planning process that the structure and content <strong>of</strong> the plan document must be reader<br />

friendly, accessible and readily understood by all <strong>of</strong>ficials in the De<strong>part</strong>ment and by the<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment’s stakeholders. During the planning process, there was some confusion<br />

among a few staff members regarding the limits <strong>of</strong> <strong>part</strong>icular programmes and subprogrammes<br />

for accommodating some activities.<br />

The second reason for presenting this table is to create a more in-depth understanding <strong>of</strong><br />

the purpose and structure <strong>of</strong> funding within the De<strong>part</strong>ment among the entire<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment’s staff.<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 2005/06 to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (7).doc 2006 Page 27<br />

25


Table 7: Overview <strong>of</strong> Programmes Listing <strong>of</strong> Respective Programmes and Sub-Programmes<br />

Programme Subprogramme<br />

Programme 1<br />

Administration 1.1. Office <strong>of</strong> the MEC<br />

Objective: 1.2. Corporate Services<br />

To provide overall management <strong>of</strong> the education system in<br />

1.3. <strong>Education</strong> Management<br />

accordance with the National <strong>Education</strong> Policy Act, The public<br />

Finance Management Act, and other policies.<br />

1.4. Human Resource Development<br />

Goods, Services and Payments included 1.5. Conditional Grants<br />

Includes publicly funded goods and services, in <strong>part</strong>icular educators,<br />

non-educators and <strong>of</strong>fice items, utilized for governance,<br />

management, research and administration, as well as general <strong>of</strong>fice<br />

services, e.g. cleaning and security services, if utilized in the<br />

provincial head <strong>of</strong>fice and its subsidiary regional, district and circuit<br />

<strong>of</strong>fices.<br />

1.6. <strong>Education</strong> Management<br />

Information Systems (EMIS)<br />

Programme 2<br />

Public Ordinary Schools <strong>Education</strong> 2.1. Public Primary Schools<br />

Objective: 2.2. Public Secondary Schools<br />

To provide public ordinary education from Grades 1 to 12 in<br />

accordance with the South African Schools Act.<br />

2.3. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

Goods, Services and Payments included 2.4. Human Resource Development<br />

Includes all publicly funded goods and services specific to the<br />

provisioning <strong>of</strong> Grade 1 to Grade 12 education in public ordinary<br />

schools. Both goods and services purchased by the De<strong>part</strong>ment,<br />

and transfer payments to Section 21 schools from the state are<br />

included here.<br />

2.5. In-school Sport and Culture<br />

2.6. Conditional Grants (SNP)<br />

Programme 3<br />

Independent School Subsidies 3.1 Primary Phase<br />

Objective: 3.2 Secondary Phase<br />

To support independent schools in accordance with the South<br />

African Schools Act.<br />

Goods, Services and Payments included<br />

Includes transfer payments to independent schools in accordance<br />

with the Norms and Standards for School Funding to support the<br />

provisioning <strong>of</strong> goods and services required for education in those<br />

schools.<br />

Programme 4<br />

Public Special School <strong>Education</strong> 4.1. Schools<br />

Objective: 4.2. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

To provide compulsory public education in special schools in 4.3. Human Resource Development<br />

accordance with the South African Schools Act and White Paper 6<br />

on inclusive education.<br />

Goods, Services and Payments included 4.4. In-school Sport and Culture<br />

Includes all publicly funded goods and services specific to the 4.5. Conditional Grants<br />

provisioning <strong>of</strong> Grades R to 12 education public special schools.<br />

Both goods and services purchased by the De<strong>part</strong>ment, and those<br />

purchased by schools using transfer payments from the state are<br />

included here.<br />

5 Year 5 Year ECDoE ECDoE Strategic Strategic Plan Plan for for 2005-06 2005/06 to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 March F (7).doc 2006 Page 26 Page 28<br />

<strong>part</strong> B: programme & sub-programme plans


Programme Subprogramme<br />

Programme 5<br />

Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training 5.1. Public Institutions<br />

Objective: 5.2. Youth Colleges<br />

To provide Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training (FET) at public FET<br />

colleges in accordance with the Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training Act.<br />

5.3. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

Goods, Services and Payments included<br />

5.4. Human Resource Development<br />

Includes all publicly funded goods and services used for the<br />

5.5. In-college Sport and Culture<br />

provisioning <strong>of</strong> education in FET colleges and FET youth colleges.<br />

Both goods and services purchased by the De<strong>part</strong>ment, and transfer<br />

payments to colleges from the state are included here.<br />

5.6. Conditional Grants<br />

Programme 6<br />

Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training 6.1. Public Centres<br />

Objective: 6.2. Subsidies to Private Centres<br />

To provide Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training (ABET) in<br />

6.3. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

accordance with the Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> Act.<br />

Goods, Services and Payments included<br />

6.4. Human Resource Development<br />

Includes all publicly funded goods and services utilized at ABET 6.5. Conditional Grants<br />

sites to <strong>of</strong>fer adults basic education and training. Both goods and<br />

services purchased by the De<strong>part</strong>ment, and any transfer payments<br />

from the state to ABET sites are included here.<br />

Programme 7<br />

Early Childhood Development 7.1. Grade R in Public Schools<br />

Objective: 7.2. Grade R in Community Centres<br />

To provide Early Childhood <strong>Education</strong> (ECD) at the Grade R and<br />

earlier levels in accordance with White Paper 5.<br />

7.3. Pre-Grade R<br />

Goods, Services and Payments included 7.4. Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

Includes all publicly funded goods and services specific to Grade R 7.5. Human Resource Development<br />

and earlier levels at any sites or school. Both goods and services<br />

purchased by the De<strong>part</strong>ment, and transfer payment from the state<br />

are included here.<br />

7.6. Conditional Grants<br />

Programme 8<br />

Auxiliary and Associated Services<br />

Objective: 8.1. Payments to SETA<br />

To provide the education institutions as a whole with training and<br />

support.<br />

8.2. Conditional Grant Projects (HIV<br />

and Aids)<br />

Goods, Services and Payments included 8.3. Special Projects<br />

Includes all funds utilized for support to institutions where they do 8.4. External Examinations<br />

not easily fall under any <strong>of</strong> the programmes from 2 to 7, or where<br />

they relate to de<strong>part</strong>mentally run examinations.<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 2005/06 to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (7).doc 2006 Page 29<br />

27


11.4. Overview <strong>of</strong> Policies, Priorities and Constraints in Programmes and Sub-<br />

Programmes<br />

Each sub-programme is unique in terms <strong>of</strong> its objectives and activities and the context<br />

and circumstances which affect delivery. It is essential therefore to have a general<br />

<strong>overview</strong> <strong>of</strong> the respective sub-programmes in order to place the essential details <strong>of</strong> the<br />

sub-programme in its correct perspective. Table 8 <strong>of</strong> this section presents a general<br />

<strong>overview</strong> <strong>of</strong> each sub-programme. The <strong>overview</strong> reviews the purpose <strong>of</strong> the subprogramme,<br />

sketches its transformational focus, outlines its key policies and priorities<br />

and lists the key challenges and constraints which affect the programme’s operation. In<br />

effect, the essentials <strong>of</strong> the sub-programme are briefly sketched to enable ease <strong>of</strong><br />

understanding.<br />

One <strong>of</strong> the critical features <strong>of</strong> the presentation here is the transformational focus <strong>of</strong> the<br />

sub-programme. This content seeks to explain the relevance <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment’s<br />

Transformational Agenda to the content, structure and activities <strong>of</strong> the respective subprogrammes.<br />

Asserting the transformational focus in this manner is essential. This<br />

focus seeks to establish the fact that the activities undertaken are neither routine nor<br />

insignificant. They are directed toward a <strong>part</strong>icular purpose in ensuring redress,<br />

promoting equity or accelerating development in a <strong>part</strong>icular area <strong>of</strong> social, cultural or<br />

economic need.<br />

The table seeks to serve as a constant reminder to <strong>of</strong>ficials that transformation is the<br />

intent and focus <strong>of</strong> the implementation process and that in spite <strong>of</strong> all, the circumstances<br />

<strong>of</strong> the disadvantaged and marginalized must change as a result <strong>of</strong> the plan.<br />

Table 8: Overview <strong>of</strong> Policies, Priorities and Constraints in Respective Programmes and Sub-<br />

Programmes<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

PROGRAMME 1<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME 1.1<br />

Office <strong>of</strong> the MEC<br />

Purpose:<br />

To provide for the functioning <strong>of</strong><br />

the Office <strong>of</strong> the Member <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Executive Council (MEC) for<br />

<strong>Education</strong>.<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

The Transformational Transformation<br />

Agenda <strong>of</strong><br />

the De<strong>part</strong>ment was conceived and<br />

initiated by the MEC. The MEC’s<br />

Office facility may undertake the<br />

responsibility to track and monitor<br />

progress in respect to this Agenda.<br />

Critical grounding initiatives with<br />

stakeholders, the legislature and<br />

leadership in other de<strong>part</strong>ments<br />

may be undertaken from the MEC’<br />

Office in order to clear a path for<br />

advancing the Agenda.<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

The policies for which the MEC’s<br />

Office takes responsibility are<br />

detailed in the Section on<br />

Legislative and other Mandates. In<br />

essence, the MEC’s Office takes<br />

responsibility for all legislative and<br />

other mandates which affect the<br />

planning, design and delivery <strong>of</strong><br />

education services in the Province.<br />

Chief among them are the Pubic<br />

Service Act, 2004 and Regulations<br />

(2004), the South African Schools<br />

Act, 1996, the Employment <strong>of</strong><br />

Educators Act, 1998 and the Public<br />

Finance Management Act, 1999.<br />

The priorities <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment are<br />

to stabilize its administrative<br />

structures, fill critical posts which<br />

will ensure effective performance<br />

and service delivery and implement<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

� The strained relations between<br />

the De<strong>part</strong>ment and SADTU.�<br />

� Slow progress in the<br />

establishment <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape<br />

<strong>Education</strong> Advisory Council �<br />

� Slow take <strong>of</strong>f <strong>of</strong> Community<br />

Liaison Programmes�<br />

� Lack <strong>of</strong> a fully staffed Customer<br />

Care Unit�<br />

5 Year 5 ECDoE Year ECDoE Strategic Strategic Plan for Plan 2005-06 for 2005/06 to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 Feb March 2.doc 2006 Page 28 Page 30<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

<strong>part</strong> B: programme & sub-programme plans


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

a transformational agenda for<br />

education in the Province which will<br />

ensure equity, quality and<br />

efficiency in the educational<br />

services rendered. These priorities<br />

are specified in the <strong>strategic</strong> goals<br />

and objectives outlined.<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME 1.2<br />

Corporate Services All <strong>of</strong> the policies relating to Financial Management Services<br />

Purpose:<br />

To provide management services<br />

which are not education specific for<br />

the education system.<br />

education and the public service<br />

affect the operations in Corporate<br />

Services. The primary policies<br />

which govern the activities <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Corporate Services function are as<br />

follows: The PFMA and Supply<br />

Chain Management Code <strong>of</strong><br />

� Lack <strong>of</strong> support from social <strong>part</strong>ners<br />

in the redeployment <strong>of</strong> Educators�<br />

� Low Skill Levels among Finance<br />

Staff�<br />

� Lack <strong>of</strong> proper supporting<br />

documentation for ledger balances�<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

The Transformational Transformation<br />

Agenda will<br />

only be served if there is a shift in<br />

the manner <strong>of</strong> deployment <strong>of</strong> the<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment’s resources so as to<br />

promote equity and advance the<br />

welfare <strong>of</strong> marginalized groups. A<br />

case has been made for the<br />

disproportional allocation <strong>of</strong><br />

resources to achieve equitable<br />

ends. The Transformation Agenda<br />

must be driven by a resource<br />

allocation strategy that is sensitive<br />

to the Agenda’s goals and<br />

objectives<br />

Conduct; the Public Service Act<br />

and Regulations, the Employment<br />

Equity Act and the Occupational<br />

Health and Safety Act among<br />

others. The primary priorities <strong>of</strong><br />

Corporate Services are defined in<br />

<strong>strategic</strong> goals 5 and 7 as outlined<br />

below:<br />

Strategic Goal 5: The<br />

establishment and performance <strong>of</strong><br />

systems and processes for<br />

enhanced service delivery.<br />

Strategic Goal 7: Balanced funding<br />

and deployment <strong>of</strong> resources to<br />

maximize discretionary support to<br />

<strong>strategic</strong> priorities<br />

�<br />

Human Resource Management<br />

� There is lack <strong>of</strong> a sufficient number<br />

<strong>of</strong> support staff in the respective<br />

Directorates. Offices are understaffed<br />

and as a result critical functions cannot<br />

be effectively undertaken. �<br />

� Delay in the implementation <strong>of</strong><br />

sanctions, debt recovery and<br />

finalization <strong>of</strong> appeals�<br />

� The growing impact <strong>of</strong> HIV and<br />

AIDS on service delivery and the dire<br />

need for effective Employees<br />

Assistance Programme (EAP)�<br />

Information Technology<br />

� Service interruptions from virus<br />

activity�<br />

� Scarce skills in IT for senior<br />

technical staff�<br />

� Low skills capacity among staff�<br />

<strong>Education</strong> Planning and<br />

Monitoring<br />

� No policy register for public and<br />

internal policies�<br />

�<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME 1.3<br />

<strong>Education</strong> Management The District Cluster Chief<br />

Cluster A<br />

Purpose:<br />

To provide education management<br />

services for the education system.<br />

Directorates, through the District<br />

Offices, take responsibility for all<br />

the policies which affect schools<br />

and schooling<br />

� Shortages <strong>of</strong> staff.�<br />

� Heavy reliance on temporary<br />

educators for grade 12 and<br />

shortages in critical subjects.�<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 2005/06 to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 Feb 2006 2.doc Page 31 29<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

� Network / data line problems�<br />

Transformational Focus: � Some schools were found to be<br />

This programme is constituted <strong>of</strong><br />

lagging behind the prescribed<br />

the <strong>Education</strong> Management<br />

percentage coverage <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Services provided by the <strong>Education</strong><br />

syllabus by the time common<br />

Development and Support Chief<br />

papers we written in June. �<br />

Directorates for District Clusters.<br />

The role played by the District<br />

� Lack <strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong>fice space for some<br />

Cluster Chief Directorate is critical.<br />

districts leading in very extreme<br />

cases, to the District <strong>of</strong>fices<br />

Transformation must occur at the<br />

occupying five different properties<br />

level <strong>of</strong> Districts and schools. It is<br />

e.g. Mt Fletcher.�<br />

essential that specific performance<br />

measures for key transformation<br />

Cluster B<br />

initiatives at the District and school<br />

levels be defined, specified,<br />

� Non compliance with the<br />

delegated and tracked. The<br />

Admission Policy. �<br />

Cluster Chief Directorates are<br />

critical in ensuring that<br />

Cluster C<br />

transformation objectives are met.<br />

� Lack <strong>of</strong> facilities for school<br />

transport in light <strong>of</strong> the moratorium<br />

by the Province on the use <strong>of</strong> light<br />

vehicles for transporting scholars.�<br />

� Inadequate funding for Norms &<br />

Standards�<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME 1.4<br />

Human Resource Development<br />

Purpose:<br />

To provide human resource<br />

development for <strong>of</strong>fice-based staff.<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

HRD is one <strong>of</strong> the critical vehicles<br />

for enabling capacity to support the<br />

Transformation Agenda. Without<br />

qualified staff to lead, manage and<br />

support institutions in undertaking<br />

their responsibilities, there will be<br />

little capacity to realise the<br />

objectives <strong>of</strong> transformation. As<br />

noted in the constraints reviewed,<br />

one <strong>of</strong> the critical deficiencies in<br />

the De<strong>part</strong>ment is the shortage <strong>of</strong><br />

key staff in roles which adds<br />

significant value to its <strong>strategic</strong><br />

agenda.<br />

This is addressed as one aspect <strong>of</strong> subprogramme<br />

1.2: Corporate Services<br />

5 Year ECDoE 5 Year ECDoE Strategic Strategic Plan for Plan 2005-06 for 2005/06 to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 Feb March 2.doc 2006 Page 30 Page 32<br />

<strong>part</strong> B: programme & sub-programme plans


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose Transformational Focus<br />

- SUB-PROGRAMME Transformational Focus 1.5<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME Conditional Grants 1.5<br />

Conditional Grants<br />

Purpose:<br />

Purpose:<br />

To provide for projects under<br />

To programme provide for 1 specified projects under by the<br />

programme de<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> 1 specified <strong>Education</strong> by and the<br />

de<strong>part</strong>ment funded by conditional <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> grants and<br />

funded by conditional grants<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

Transformational This is addressed under Focus: sub-<br />

This programmes is addressed 2.6 and under 8.2 subprogrammes<br />

2.6 and 8.2<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

Quality Assurance<br />

Quality Assurance<br />

Purpose: The following are the priorities to<br />

Purpose: This sub-programme aims to The be advanced: following are the priorities to<br />

This provide sub-programme total quality management<br />

aims to be<br />

� Increasing<br />

advanced:<br />

the number <strong>of</strong> Whole<br />

provide throughout total the quality De<strong>part</strong>ment. management School � Increasing Evaluation the number (WSE) <strong>of</strong> Whole<br />

throughout the De<strong>part</strong>ment.<br />

Its purpose is to develop integrated School supervisors Evaluation to correspond (WSE) with the<br />

Its quality purpose management is to develop process integrated supervisors number <strong>of</strong> schools to correspond in the Province with the<br />

quality systems management to enhance good process number that the sub-programme <strong>of</strong> schools in the has Province to<br />

systems governance to enhance at all levels good <strong>of</strong> the that externally the sub-programme evaluate� has to<br />

governance De<strong>part</strong>ment in at collaboration all levels <strong>of</strong> the with externally evaluate�<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment Local, Provincial in collaboration and National with � Adjustment <strong>of</strong> the equitable share<br />

Local, Governments Provincial as and appropriate. National �for Adjustment the sub-programme <strong>of</strong> the equitable to cover share all<br />

Governments as appropriate. for the the mandates sub-programme that the sub- to cover all<br />

the programme mandates has that to the deliver subon.�<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

programme has to deliver on.�<br />

Transformational Total quality management Focus: needs to � Provision <strong>of</strong> infrastructural needs<br />

Total be approached quality management and implemented needs to for � Provision the full complement <strong>of</strong> infrastructural (as in needs the<br />

be as an approached integral <strong>part</strong> and <strong>of</strong> implemented<br />

<strong>strategic</strong> for current the full organogram) complement <strong>of</strong> (as the in staff the at<br />

as management an integral in <strong>part</strong> the <strong>of</strong> De<strong>part</strong>ment. <strong>strategic</strong> current Head Office organogram) and aligning <strong>of</strong> the the staff at<br />

management Quality assurance in the has De<strong>part</strong>ment. an overall Head functioning Office <strong>of</strong> and the aligning District Quality the<br />

Quality effect on assurance the performance has an overall <strong>of</strong> the functioning Assurance units <strong>of</strong> the with District that Quality <strong>of</strong> the<br />

effect system on as the a whole. performance There <strong>of</strong> must the be Assurance Provincial Directorate� units with that <strong>of</strong> the<br />

system a developmental as a whole. approach There must to be Provincial Directorate�<br />

a quality developmental assurance approach so that the to<br />

quality deficiencies assurance are remedied so that the through<br />

deficiencies feedback from are evaluations remedied through that are<br />

feedback conducted from and evaluations through a variety that are <strong>of</strong><br />

conducted developmental and interventions through a variety that <strong>of</strong><br />

developmental will enhance performance interventions <strong>of</strong> that each<br />

will <strong>part</strong>icipant. enhance performance <strong>of</strong> each<br />

<strong>part</strong>icipant.<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

OVERVIEW AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

The critical grants are addressed under subprogrammes<br />

The critical 2.6 grants (SNP) are and addressed 8.2 (HIV/AIDS). under Other subprogrammes<br />

conditional grants 2.6 in (SNP) the De<strong>part</strong>ment and 8.2 (HIV/AIDS). are rollovers.<br />

Other<br />

conditional grants in the De<strong>part</strong>ment are rollovers.<br />

� Need for integration with IQMS in<br />

<strong>part</strong>icular � Need for and integration overall performance<br />

with IQMS in<br />

<strong>part</strong>icular management and in overall general performance – linking<br />

management WSE, District in Office general evaluation – linking and<br />

WSE, Provincial District De<strong>part</strong>ment Office evaluation evaluation� and<br />

Provincial De<strong>part</strong>ment evaluation�<br />

� Lack <strong>of</strong> staffing. Too many posts<br />

are � Lack still <strong>of</strong> vacant� staffing. Too many posts<br />

are � Grade still vacant� 6 Systematic Evaluation<br />

report � Grade not 6 yet Systematic published� Evaluation<br />

report not yet published�<br />

� Lack <strong>of</strong> secure <strong>of</strong>fice and storage<br />

space � Lack for <strong>of</strong> secure effective <strong>of</strong>fice management and storage <strong>of</strong><br />

space quality for assurance� effective management <strong>of</strong><br />

quality assurance�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 Feb 2.doc Page 31<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 2005/06 to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 Feb 2006 2.doc Page 33 31


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME 1.6<br />

<strong>Education</strong> Management<br />

The primary policy under which � Shortage <strong>of</strong> staff�<br />

Information Systems (EMIS)<br />

Purpose:<br />

EMIS functions is the National<br />

<strong>Education</strong> Policy Act, 1996 and the<br />

newly adopted <strong>Education</strong><br />

Information Policy. Other Acts and<br />

policies are:<br />

� Slow return rate <strong>of</strong> survey forms�<br />

� No dedicated EMIS <strong>of</strong>ficials at<br />

District level�<br />

To determine resource targeting, � The Promotion <strong>of</strong> Access to �<br />

provide and render EMIS support.<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

Information Act, 2000�<br />

� The Statistics Act, 1999�<br />

�<br />

It will be the task <strong>of</strong> EMIS to assist The priorities <strong>of</strong> EMIS are:<br />

with the monitoring <strong>of</strong> <strong>strategic</strong><br />

objectives as set out in the<br />

Transformation Agenda for the<br />

Eastern Cape.<br />

� to ensure that accurate and<br />

reliable management information is<br />

available for managers�<br />

� to establish an integrated national<br />

education management information<br />

system that includes data collection<br />

and reporting from institutional to<br />

national level�<br />

� to develop appropriate<br />

administrative and management<br />

systems that will bring about<br />

improvement <strong>of</strong> the quality <strong>of</strong><br />

education including data accuracy,<br />

relevance and the timeliness<br />

starting at school level to national<br />

level�<br />

� to develop the necessary<br />

capacity including human and<br />

hardware resources to manage<br />

information within the system�<br />

5 Year 5 Year ECDoE ECDoE Strategic Strategic Plan Plan for 2005-06 for 2005/06 to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 Feb March 2.doc 2006 Page 32 Page 34<br />

<strong>part</strong> B: programme & sub-programme plans


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

The primary <strong>strategic</strong> goals in the<br />

Transformation Agenda are<br />

associated with schools. Equity in<br />

educational achievement for all<br />

learners, equipping all school<br />

learners with skills for further<br />

employment and improved quality<br />

<strong>of</strong> teaching and learning at all<br />

levels are all critical initiatives that<br />

are focused on schools. The<br />

essence here is to ensure that<br />

learners in the system are not<br />

disadvantaged academically<br />

because <strong>of</strong> their social or economic<br />

status, or because <strong>of</strong> their gender,<br />

disabilities or geographic location.<br />

There has always been a concern<br />

for high quality in educational<br />

delivery. The concern now is that<br />

all should benefit from this quality.<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

PROGRAMME 2<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME 2.1 To a greater or lesser extent, the � Inadequate resourcing <strong>of</strong> schools�<br />

Public Primary Schools<br />

Purpose:<br />

The overall objective <strong>of</strong> programme<br />

2 is to provide public ordinary<br />

school education for grades 1-12 in<br />

accordance with the South African<br />

Schools Act. Sub-programme 2.1<br />

is directed at Public Primary<br />

Schools. The objective <strong>of</strong> this<br />

programme is to provide specific<br />

public primary ordinary schools<br />

with resources required for the<br />

Grades 1 to 7.<br />

activities <strong>of</strong> sub-programme 2.1 are<br />

governed by all policies as set out<br />

in Section 7 <strong>of</strong> this document. The<br />

most pertinent among those<br />

policies are: The South African<br />

Schools Act, 1996 (Act No 84 <strong>of</strong><br />

1996), The National <strong>Education</strong><br />

Policy Act, 1996 (Act No 27 <strong>of</strong><br />

1996) and the Eastern Cape<br />

Schools <strong>Education</strong> Act, 1999 (Act<br />

No 1 <strong>of</strong> 1999). These policies are<br />

set within a network <strong>of</strong> other<br />

relevant policies, mandates and<br />

regulations that are critical to<br />

education and to the public sector<br />

� Lack <strong>of</strong> funding for Norms &<br />

Standards�<br />

� Inadequate educational<br />

provisioning for small schools that<br />

are economically viable�<br />

� Lack <strong>of</strong> governance and<br />

management capacity among SGB<br />

members, especially in rural<br />

schools�<br />

� Many Section 21 Schools are<br />

unable to manage their<br />

responsibilities. Many have<br />

requested reversion to their<br />

as a whole. Among the critical Section 20 status. One aspect <strong>of</strong><br />

priorities for public primary schools the problem is the lack <strong>of</strong> funds to<br />

are the following:<br />

fully support all schools with<br />

� Implementing the norms and<br />

standards for school funding to<br />

provide adequate funding<br />

Section 21 status.�<br />

� Capacity building in the area <strong>of</strong><br />

school management, especially<br />

financial control, management and<br />

leadership skills�<br />

� Rationalisation <strong>of</strong> small schools<br />

into viable larger schools which<br />

can be more adequately resourced�<br />

� Refinement and development <strong>of</strong><br />

policy for establishment and<br />

disestablishment <strong>of</strong> schools�<br />

� Implementation <strong>of</strong> the Integrated<br />

Quality Management System�<br />

� Addressing the language policy<br />

in schools to improve the pass rate�<br />

� Refinement <strong>of</strong> policy for home<br />

schooling�<br />

� Refinement <strong>of</strong> policy on scholar<br />

transport�<br />

� Refinement <strong>of</strong> admissions<br />

policies�<br />

� Enhancement <strong>of</strong> policy on hostel<br />

management �<br />

� Provision <strong>of</strong> school infrastructure<br />

and facilities�<br />

� To ensure equity in educational<br />

achievement for all learners<br />

regardless <strong>of</strong> race, gender and<br />

urban/rural location<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 2005/06 to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (1).doc 2006 Page 35<br />

33<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

� Strategy to convert all schools to<br />

Section 21 schools by 201.<br />

Increasing the number <strong>of</strong> schools<br />

able to attain section 21 status and<br />

capacitating all schools to manage<br />

themselves as Section 21 Schools�<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME 2.2<br />

Public Secondary Schools To a greater or lesser extent, the � Lack <strong>of</strong> capacity to govern<br />

activities <strong>of</strong> sub-programme 2.1 are among SGB Members�<br />

Purpose:<br />

To provide specific public<br />

secondary ordinary schools with<br />

resources required for the Grades<br />

8 to 12 levels.<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

The primary <strong>strategic</strong> goals in the<br />

Transformation Agenda are<br />

associated with schools. Equity in<br />

educational achievement for all<br />

learners, equipping all school<br />

learners with skills for further<br />

employment and improved quality<br />

<strong>of</strong> teaching and learning at all<br />

levels are all critical initiatives that<br />

are focused on schools. The<br />

essence here is to ensure that<br />

learners in the system are not<br />

disadvantaged academically<br />

because <strong>of</strong> their social or economic<br />

status, or because <strong>of</strong> their gender,<br />

disabilities or geographic location.<br />

There has always been a concern<br />

for high quality in educational<br />

delivery. The concern now is that<br />

all should benefit from this quality.<br />

governed by all policies as set out<br />

in Section 7 <strong>of</strong> this document. The<br />

most pertinent among those<br />

policies are: The South African<br />

Schools Act, 1996 (Act No 84 <strong>of</strong><br />

1996), The National <strong>Education</strong><br />

Policy Act, 1996 (Act No 27 <strong>of</strong><br />

1996) and the Eastern Cape<br />

Schools <strong>Education</strong> Act, 1999 (Act<br />

No 1 <strong>of</strong> 1999). These policies are<br />

set within a network <strong>of</strong> other<br />

relevant policies, mandates and<br />

regulations that are critical to<br />

education and to the public sector<br />

as a whole. Among the critical<br />

priorities for public primary schools<br />

are the following:<br />

� Implementing the norms and<br />

standards for school funding to<br />

provide adequate funding�<br />

� Capacity building in the area <strong>of</strong><br />

school management, especially<br />

financial control, management and<br />

leadership skills�<br />

� Rationalisation <strong>of</strong> small schools<br />

into viable larger schools which<br />

can be more adequately resourced�<br />

� Refinement and development <strong>of</strong><br />

policy for establishment and<br />

� Absence <strong>of</strong> proper systems for<br />

financial management and control�<br />

� Lack <strong>of</strong> HR capacity in schools<br />

and for the support <strong>of</strong> schools.<br />

Critical areas <strong>of</strong> concern are lack <strong>of</strong><br />

enough qualified Science and<br />

Mathematics Teachers; lack <strong>of</strong><br />

enough qualified Subject Advisors<br />

in Science, Mathematics and<br />

Technology; and Technical<br />

Educators and Artisans who are<br />

not pedagogically trained�<br />

� Lack <strong>of</strong> HR capacity in schools<br />

and for the support <strong>of</strong> schools.<br />

Critical areas <strong>of</strong> concern are lack <strong>of</strong><br />

enough qualified Science and<br />

Mathematics Teachers; lack <strong>of</strong><br />

enough qualified Subject Advisors<br />

in Science, Mathematics and<br />

Technology; and Technical<br />

Educators and Artisans who are<br />

not pedagogically trained�<br />

� Lack <strong>of</strong> an adequate<br />

infrastructure for employmentrelated<br />

education.�<br />

disestablishment <strong>of</strong> schools�<br />

� Implementation <strong>of</strong> the Integrated<br />

Quality Management System�<br />

� Addressing the language policy<br />

�<br />

�<br />

in schools to improve the pass rate�<br />

� Refinement <strong>of</strong> policy for home �<br />

schooling�<br />

�<br />

� Refinement <strong>of</strong> policy on scholar �<br />

transport�<br />

�<br />

� Refinement <strong>of</strong> admissions<br />

policies�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

� Enhancement <strong>of</strong> policy on hostel<br />

management<br />

�<br />

5 Year 5 ECDoE Year ECDoE Strategic Strategic Plan for Plan 2005-06 for 2005/06 to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F (1).doc March 2006 Page 34 Page 36<br />

�<br />

�<br />

<strong>part</strong> B: programme & sub-programme plans


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

� Provision <strong>of</strong> school infrastructure<br />

and facilities�<br />

� To ensure equity in educational<br />

achievement for all learners<br />

regardless <strong>of</strong> race, gender and<br />

urban/rural location�<br />

� Strategy to convert all schools to<br />

Section 21 schools by 201.<br />

Increasing the number <strong>of</strong> schools<br />

able to attain section 21 status and<br />

capacitating all schools to manage<br />

themselves as Section 21 Schools�<br />

� Better articulation between<br />

Secondary Schools, FETIs and<br />

HEIs.�<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME 2.3<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services The National Framework <strong>of</strong> � Shortage <strong>of</strong> Curriculum Advisors�<br />

Purpose:<br />

To provide educators and learners<br />

in public ordinary schools with<br />

de<strong>part</strong>mentally managed support<br />

services.<br />

Teacher <strong>Education</strong> (NFTE) that<br />

was published for public review in<br />

August 2005 seeks to establish an<br />

entirely new and innovative<br />

framework for the governing <strong>of</strong><br />

pr<strong>of</strong>essional development <strong>of</strong><br />

educators. The framework<br />

� Insufficient resources for<br />

curriculum and pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />

development support for educators<br />

in rural areas�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

essentially establishes two routes �<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

Enabling educators to develop<br />

capacity to undertake the<br />

responsibilities <strong>of</strong> the new<br />

curriculum is <strong>of</strong> critical importance<br />

to the transformation agenda.<br />

Equity in achievement <strong>of</strong> learners<br />

will not be realized unless all<br />

educators are well trained in their<br />

content areas, and unless there is<br />

enough capacity in the Districts to<br />

service and support them. There<br />

must be balance in the placement<br />

<strong>of</strong> these resources so that the<br />

marginalized do not have to wait<br />

their turn at the end <strong>of</strong> the queue.<br />

<strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>essional development –<br />

PRESET or the Institutional<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Development <strong>of</strong><br />

Teachers, and INSET or the<br />

continuing pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />

development <strong>of</strong> teachers.<br />

Another critical aspect <strong>of</strong> this policy<br />

framework is the accumulation <strong>of</strong><br />

pr<strong>of</strong>essional development points<br />

and the establishment <strong>of</strong> a<br />

licensing framework based on<br />

these points in order to ensure that<br />

educators remain fully capacitated<br />

and equipped to undertake their<br />

responsibilities.<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

Resources to the disadvantaged<br />

�<br />

and to rural areas must be<br />

Among the priorities for the<br />

prioritized so that some measure <strong>of</strong> provision <strong>of</strong> pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />

redress can occur.<br />

development services are:<br />

� Realizing a full complement <strong>of</strong><br />

well trained curriculum advisors to<br />

roll out the orientation and INSET<br />

programmes in Districts.<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 2005/06 to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (1).doc 2006 Page 37<br />

35


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

� To secure more funding for the<br />

activities <strong>of</strong> this sub-programme �<br />

� Filling <strong>of</strong> posts in the<br />

establishments <strong>of</strong> Districts so that<br />

schools can benefit from a full<br />

complement <strong>of</strong> curriculum advisors<br />

in District Offices. �<br />

� The staff in pr<strong>of</strong>essional<br />

development in the Provincial<br />

Office should be strengthened with<br />

the addition <strong>of</strong> new staff �<br />

� The enrichment and sustenance<br />

<strong>of</strong> structures and processes to<br />

allow schools and districts to<br />

ensure that the content and<br />

principles <strong>of</strong> the new curriculum<br />

are well understood and effectively<br />

applied�<br />

� Full implementation <strong>of</strong> RNCS and<br />

NCS�<br />

� Orientation and further training <strong>of</strong><br />

educators to be able to<br />

successfully implement RNCS�<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME 2.4<br />

Human Resource Development HRD in the De<strong>part</strong>ment operates<br />

within the framework <strong>of</strong> an<br />

Purpose:<br />

To provide de<strong>part</strong>mental services<br />

for the pr<strong>of</strong>essional and other<br />

established set <strong>of</strong> public policies,<br />

guidelines and legislation. Among<br />

the most critical, are the following:<br />

development <strong>of</strong> educators and<br />

non-educators in public ordinary<br />

schools.<br />

� Skills Development Act<br />

� Skills Development Levies Act�<br />

Transformational Focus: � National Human Resource<br />

HRD is critical to the<br />

Development Strategy�<br />

Transformation Agenda <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Province and the De<strong>part</strong>ment. It is<br />

one <strong>of</strong> the key pillars <strong>of</strong> the PGDP<br />

and a golden thread in all the<br />

policy initiatives <strong>of</strong> Government to<br />

engender economic and social<br />

transformation. The key here is<br />

that there are not enough<br />

� Human Resource Development<br />

Strategy for the Eastern Cape<br />

Provincial De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong>�<br />

� Public Service Regulations, 2004�<br />

� Provincial Growth and<br />

Development Plan <strong>of</strong> the Eastern<br />

Cape Government�<br />

pr<strong>of</strong>essionals who are sufficiently � White Paper on <strong>Education</strong><br />

qualified to meet the mandates <strong>of</strong> a Transformation�<br />

visionary policy agenda, and<br />

undertake the increasingly complex<br />

responsibilities that it demands.<br />

Throughout the De<strong>part</strong>ment and<br />

throughout Government there is a<br />

sustained demand for people with<br />

the critical skills to make<br />

� White Paper on Human<br />

Resource Development�<br />

� Reconstruction and Development<br />

Plan�<br />

Among the priorities for the 5-year<br />

period <strong>of</strong> the plan are the following:<br />

transformation work. HRD is the � Contextualization <strong>of</strong> the role <strong>of</strong><br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

� Training initiatives that are not<br />

linked to service delivery and<br />

transformation. �<br />

� The growing impact <strong>of</strong> HIV and<br />

AIDS on service delivery and the<br />

dire need for effective Employees<br />

Assistance Programme (EAP) �<br />

� The absence <strong>of</strong> a cohesive<br />

training strategy in the De<strong>part</strong>ment<br />

within which all training initiatives<br />

are planned and delivered�<br />

� Insufficient funding for training, in<br />

spite <strong>of</strong> the funds that are available<br />

through the Skills Development<br />

Levy. �<br />

5 Year 5 ECDoE Year ECDoE Strategic Strategic Plan for Plan 2005-06 for 2005/06 to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F (1).doc March 2006 Page 36 Page 38<br />

<strong>part</strong> B: programme & sub-programme plans


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

purveyor <strong>of</strong> skills so that this<br />

Agenda could be met.<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME 2.5<br />

In-school Sport and Culture<br />

Purpose:<br />

To provide additional and<br />

de<strong>part</strong>mentally managed sporting<br />

and cultural activities in public<br />

ordinary schools<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

HRD within the National and<br />

Provincial Skills Development<br />

Agenda�<br />

� Contextualization <strong>of</strong> the role <strong>of</strong><br />

HRD within the plans and<br />

developments <strong>of</strong> the DoE as a<br />

whole.�<br />

� Train and support line managers<br />

to meet the De<strong>part</strong>ment’s<br />

objectives through the <strong>strategic</strong><br />

use <strong>of</strong> HRD Services�<br />

� Create a more focused and<br />

cohesive delivery structure for<br />

HRD in the De<strong>part</strong>ment�<br />

� Establish and sustain linkages<br />

between HRD, performance<br />

management and the productivity<br />

<strong>of</strong> staff�<br />

� Specify critical areas <strong>of</strong> training<br />

and development that should be<br />

undertaken in the De<strong>part</strong>ment in<br />

order to advance the welfare <strong>of</strong><br />

staff and create capacity to<br />

accelerate service delivery<br />

improvement�<br />

� Establish proper monitoring and<br />

evaluation strategies in HRD so<br />

that the impact <strong>of</strong> training could be<br />

assessed on an ongoing basis�<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME 2.6<br />

Conditional Grants (SNP) The main legislation and policy � Inflexible menu�<br />

Purpose:<br />

To provide for projects under<br />

instruments which are applicable to<br />

the School Nutrition Programme<br />

are as follows:<br />

� Lack <strong>of</strong> integration with local<br />

government initiatives�<br />

� Staffing Shortage as many<br />

programme 2 specified by the<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> and<br />

funded by conditional grants<br />

� Constitution <strong>of</strong> the Republic <strong>of</strong><br />

South Africa (Act No 108 <strong>of</strong> 1996)�<br />

vacancies in Districts have not<br />

been filled �<br />

� Unavailability <strong>of</strong> locally produced<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 2005/06 to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (1).doc 2006 Page 39<br />

37


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

� International Children’s Rights food supplies.�<br />

Charter� � Inadequate Infrastructure�<br />

Transformational Focus: � National <strong>Education</strong>al Policy Act � Diminishing Local Capacity�<br />

The Transformation Agenda (Act No 27 <strong>of</strong> 1996)�<br />

� Programme inefficiencies in the<br />

signals opportunities or equity in<br />

achievement, and opportunities to<br />

build and empower communities<br />

for economic self-reliance. The<br />

SNP meets the need <strong>of</strong> the<br />

transformation agenda socially,<br />

� South African Schools Act (No 84<br />

<strong>of</strong> 1996)�<br />

� Norms and Standards for<br />

Funding <strong>of</strong> Public Schools, General<br />

Notice 2362 <strong>of</strong> 12 October 1998�<br />

areas <strong>of</strong> poor quality foodstuffs and<br />

late deliveries�<br />

� Lack <strong>of</strong> funds to feed all<br />

deserving learners�<br />

�<br />

educationally and economically. � Cabinet Resolution <strong>of</strong> January �<br />

The School Nutrition Programme is<br />

essentially a poverty alleviation<br />

programme, and a programme<br />

2002 which directed that SNP<br />

should be administered by the<br />

ECDoE in future�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

which seeks to ensure that<br />

learners are not disadvantaged in<br />

learning because <strong>of</strong> nutritional<br />

deficiencies. Hungry children<br />

cannot attend in the classroom and<br />

they cannot learn. They must be<br />

� Integrated Food Security<br />

Programme <strong>of</strong> the PGDP�<br />

� The Transformation Agenda <strong>of</strong><br />

the Eastern Cape De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>Education</strong> 2005-2014�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

provided with meals so that they<br />

have an equal chance <strong>of</strong> academic<br />

success. But this programme is<br />

also a vehicle through which a<br />

social agenda is advanced and<br />

economic empowerment is an<br />

intended result.<br />

The following key priorities are<br />

noted as critical areas <strong>of</strong> focus for<br />

the De<strong>part</strong>ment over the next 5<br />

years.<br />

� To ensure adequate access to<br />

the School Nutrition Programme by<br />

targeted schools�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

� To ensure sustainability <strong>of</strong> SNP �<br />

With over R200 million expended<br />

on SNP per year, a rich opportunity<br />

is provided to empower people and<br />

their small businesses and enrich<br />

local economies. As a result, the<br />

through the setting up <strong>of</strong> food<br />

gardens or other food security<br />

initiatives that are supported by<br />

other <strong>part</strong>ners and by school<br />

communities�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

transformational agenda <strong>of</strong> SNP is<br />

served, the employment <strong>of</strong> 5140 � Finalization <strong>of</strong> a school feeding �<br />

meal servers, the use <strong>of</strong> 35 active<br />

community baking projects and,<br />

among others, the involvement <strong>of</strong><br />

over 105 small, medium and micro<br />

enterprises in distributing food<br />

model which reflects a<br />

comprehensive and integrated<br />

School Nutrition strategy that<br />

effectively benefits the school, its<br />

learners and its community�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

supplies. Community-based � To ensure strengthening <strong>of</strong> �<br />

cooperatives are to be engaged<br />

from 1 April 2006.<br />

nutrition education in the school<br />

curriculum and among parents<br />

and the rest <strong>of</strong> the community<br />

serviced by the schools�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

The programme is being used to<br />

give learners an equal chance to<br />

succeed, to transform lives through<br />

nutritional education and to<br />

empower people and their local<br />

economies by <strong>of</strong>fering economic<br />

opportunities, also promoting food<br />

security.<br />

� To strengthen monitoring and<br />

evaluation and impact studies as a<br />

basis for enhancing the efficiency,<br />

effectiveness and sustainability <strong>of</strong><br />

the School Nutrition Programme�<br />

The programme has significant<br />

benefits. Among them are the<br />

following:<br />

� Improved learner attendance and<br />

academic performance�<br />

5 Year 5 ECDoE Year ECDoE Strategic Strategic Plan for Plan 2005-06 for 2005/06 to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F (1).doc March 2006 Page 38 Page 40<br />

<strong>part</strong> B: programme & sub-programme plans


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

� Contribution to poverty alleviation<br />

and to the economic welfare <strong>of</strong><br />

local communities�<br />

� Contributing to sound eating<br />

habits <strong>of</strong> learners, parents and<br />

communities through nutrition<br />

education�<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 2005/06 to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (1).doc 2006 Page 41<br />

39


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

PROGRAMME 3<br />

Independent Schools In <strong>part</strong>icular, schools are expected � Schools that are operating<br />

to comply with the equity and without being registered by the<br />

quality criteria in Goals 1 and 3 <strong>of</strong> ECDoE. �<br />

Purpose:<br />

To support independent schools in<br />

accordance with the South African<br />

Schools Act, 1996 (Act No 84 <strong>of</strong><br />

1996) This includes subprogramme<br />

3.1, Primary and Sub-<br />

Programme 3.2, Secondary Phase.<br />

the Transformation Agenda and the<br />

Strategic Plan. Specific priorities<br />

related to independent schools are<br />

as follows:<br />

Ensure that the approved<br />

independent schools add value to<br />

the education system<br />

� Low funding for Independent<br />

Schools �<br />

� High failure rate in independent<br />

schools. �<br />

�<br />

�<br />

Transformational Focus<br />

Independent schools expand the<br />

field <strong>of</strong> opportunities for children<br />

and youth to receive an education.<br />

In some geographic communities,<br />

opportunities for education are<br />

sometimes limited. Sometimes this<br />

occurs because <strong>of</strong> the absence <strong>of</strong><br />

school facilities. But sometimes<br />

independent schools are<br />

established when the available<br />

schools are too crowded or too far<br />

geographically, or when parents<br />

are not satisfied with the quality <strong>of</strong><br />

the education rendered.<br />

Independent schools have a<br />

transformational focus when they<br />

expand the field <strong>of</strong> opportunities,<br />

when they provide quality<br />

education to previously<br />

marginalized groups and when the<br />

<strong>of</strong>fer opportunities for education in<br />

Mathematics, Science and<br />

Technology when such<br />

opportunities would not be<br />

otherwise available.<br />

To strive to attain the level <strong>of</strong><br />

funding which is in line with the<br />

norms and standards<br />

�<br />

It must be ensured, however, that<br />

these schools <strong>of</strong>fer education<br />

programmes <strong>of</strong> an acceptable<br />

standard, and that they do not<br />

serve functions or purposes that<br />

are inconsistent with the<br />

constitutional principles.<br />

5 Year ECDoE 5 Year ECDoE Strategic Strategic Plan for Plan 2005-06 for 2005/06 to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F (2).doc March 2006 Page 40 Page 42<br />

<strong>part</strong> B: programme & sub-programme plans


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

PROGRAMME 4<br />

Public Special School <strong>Education</strong> � In school sport and culture for<br />

special schools�<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

� Mobilization <strong>of</strong> out-<strong>of</strong>-school<br />

children presents a major<br />

challenge�<br />

Purpose: � Building and renovation <strong>of</strong> special � Insufficient resources to<br />

To support compulsory public schools as well as building <strong>of</strong> a learners in rural areas�<br />

education in special schools in<br />

accordance with the South African<br />

Schools Act, 1996 (Act No 84 <strong>of</strong><br />

1996) and White Paper 6 on<br />

inclusive education<br />

reform school to accommodated<br />

sentenced learners�<br />

� Identify all out-<strong>of</strong>-school children<br />

and develop a database per<br />

category per district�<br />

� There is a long waiting list <strong>of</strong><br />

learners with special needs who do<br />

not have access to schooling�<br />

� Difficulty in securing and<br />

retaining teaching and non-<br />

� Place children (1377 out <strong>of</strong> teaching staff�<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

The key concept that is operational<br />

in a transformational focus for<br />

education is that no one should be<br />

excluded because <strong>of</strong><br />

circumstances over which they<br />

have no control. All citizens have<br />

the right to a high quality<br />

school, 2488 sentenced, 1565<br />

unsentenced and 2160 street<br />

children) in institutions over the<br />

next 5 years�<br />

� Reduction <strong>of</strong> the number <strong>of</strong> out<strong>of</strong>-school<br />

children with disabilities<br />

on waiting lists at home�<br />

� Insufficient advocacy on the<br />

inclusive model <strong>of</strong> education�<br />

� Need to capacitate educators in<br />

general education with skills to<br />

serve learners with special needs�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

education. Sub-programme 4 � Regulation <strong>of</strong> public special<br />

highlights and celebrates the fact schools on private property�<br />

that learners with disabilities –<br />

whatever their status – shall not be<br />

excluded. Inclusivity celebrates the<br />

notion that infrastructure must be<br />

put in place so that those who are<br />

challenged (physically, mentally or<br />

emotionally) must be educated<br />

� Ensure that the De<strong>part</strong>ment<br />

implements the plan submitted to<br />

the court in respect <strong>of</strong> case<br />

numbers�<br />

� Provide infrastructure according<br />

to needs as reflected on database�<br />

alongside the rest unless their<br />

circumstances are so severe that<br />

they would be at a disadvantage.<br />

Public Special School <strong>Education</strong><br />

reaches out to all marginalized<br />

populations to give them an<br />

opportunity. This includes, among<br />

� Phase out schools that do not<br />

qualify in terms <strong>of</strong> White Paper 6�<br />

� Implement training and<br />

development <strong>of</strong> educators and noneducators<br />

to meet the needs <strong>of</strong><br />

learners�<br />

others, learners with disabilities, � Implement targeted resourcing <strong>of</strong><br />

learners with learning difficulties, special schools in previously<br />

young <strong>of</strong>fenders, street children disadvantaged areas (rural<br />

and out-<strong>of</strong>-school children and schools) in respect <strong>of</strong> transport and<br />

youth, among others.<br />

staffing and other areas�<br />

The issue here is that the available<br />

schools cannot accommodate all<br />

who are in need. The<br />

transformational vision is that no<br />

one who needs a place in the<br />

education system shall be<br />

excluded, exposed to poor quality<br />

services, or denied the opportunity<br />

to learn, grow and be empowered<br />

in the society.<br />

� Rationalization <strong>of</strong> institutions to<br />

serve the needs <strong>of</strong> the children as<br />

reflected on database�<br />

� Rationalization <strong>of</strong> institutions to<br />

serve the needs <strong>of</strong> the children as<br />

reflected on database�<br />

� White paper 6 – Mobilization <strong>of</strong><br />

out <strong>of</strong> school children and youth<br />

including children with disabilities,<br />

street children, children in conflict<br />

with the law (in prisons and<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 2005/06 to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (2).doc 2006 Page 43<br />

41<br />


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

awaiting trial children in places <strong>of</strong><br />

safety)�<br />

� Strengthening the special schools<br />

as resource centres�<br />

� Institutions reflecting the<br />

demographics <strong>of</strong> the country,<br />

meeting the standards laid down in<br />

the Constitution, SA Schools Act<br />

and White Paper 6�<br />

� Resourcing special schools in<br />

respect <strong>of</strong> transport, staffing and<br />

infrastructure�<br />

� Advocacy campaign on inclusive<br />

education�<br />

� Identify all out-<strong>of</strong>-school children<br />

and develop a database per<br />

category per district�<br />

� Place 1377 children identified in<br />

rural areas in institutions�<br />

� Place 10% <strong>of</strong> 2488 sentenced<br />

<strong>of</strong>fenders in reform schools and<br />

make provision for 1565<br />

unsentenced�<br />

� Provide 50% <strong>of</strong> the identified<br />

construction and 100% <strong>of</strong> identified<br />

renovation needs�<br />

� Phase out schools that do not<br />

qualify�<br />

� Training <strong>of</strong> educators and noneducators�<br />

� Staffing and transport provision in<br />

special schools�<br />

� Look for <strong>part</strong>nerships to deal with<br />

some <strong>of</strong> these challenges�<br />

� Linking with other government<br />

de<strong>part</strong>ments and social <strong>part</strong>ners�<br />

� Establishment <strong>of</strong> the former<br />

Sigcau College <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> to be<br />

renovated to accommodate out-<strong>of</strong>school<br />

children <strong>of</strong> the Lusikisiki<br />

District�<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

5 Year 5 Year ECDoE ECDoE Strategic Strategic Plan Plan for 2005-06 for 2005/06 to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F March (2).doc 2006 Page 42 Page 44<br />

<strong>part</strong> B: programme & sub-programme plans


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

PROGRAMME 5<br />

Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

Purpose:<br />

To provide Further <strong>Education</strong> and<br />

Training (FET) at public FET<br />

Colleges in accordance with the<br />

Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

Act, 1998 (Act No 98 <strong>of</strong> 1998)<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

The FET Sector has emerged as<br />

the new focus area for bridging the<br />

gap between school and work.<br />

There is a major expectation that<br />

FET will be responsive to labour<br />

market needs in its programming<br />

and thereby make youth more<br />

employable. It will not only relieve<br />

the significant unemployment<br />

problem among youth, but it will<br />

supply the skills needs <strong>of</strong> the<br />

economy.<br />

The FET Sector has emerged as<br />

the new focus area for bridging the<br />

gap between school and work.<br />

There is a major expectation that<br />

FET will be responsive to labour<br />

market needs in its programming<br />

and thereby make youth more<br />

employable. It will not only relieve<br />

the significant unemployment<br />

problem among youth, but it will<br />

supply the skills needs <strong>of</strong> the<br />

economy.<br />

The transformational focus here,<br />

however, is determining who gets<br />

the opportunity to be educated and<br />

become employed. To what extent<br />

can marginalized groups gain entry<br />

into these FET institutions, and if<br />

they do, to what extent do they<br />

succeed, or graduate in a timely<br />

manner? There is a sense that<br />

some previously marginalized<br />

learners have difficulty in<br />

succeeding in their programmes<br />

and, when they are successful they<br />

have difficulty getting jobs.<br />

The FET Sector must set up the<br />

necessary infrastructure so that all<br />

can succeed with the support<br />

structures that will be made<br />

available.<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

The priorities for FET grow out <strong>of</strong><br />

its centrality to the Development<br />

Agenda <strong>of</strong> the Province and the<br />

nation. Among the critical priorities<br />

to be pursued within the next five<br />

years are the following:<br />

� Alignment <strong>of</strong> the programmes <strong>of</strong><br />

FET colleges to the needs <strong>of</strong> the<br />

economy, including the EPWP�<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

� Constraints in the FET Sector as<br />

a result <strong>of</strong> diverse institutional<br />

<strong>of</strong>ferings and a post provisioning<br />

model that is not appropriate�<br />

� Shortage <strong>of</strong> furniture and<br />

outdated equipment in workshops<br />

and laboratories�<br />

� Exams may not be properly<br />

monitored because <strong>of</strong> the shortage<br />

<strong>of</strong> staff�<br />

� Mobilization and provision <strong>of</strong><br />

adequate resources� � Not all campuses have academic<br />

� Rendering sufficient institutional<br />

support and guidance for the<br />

development <strong>of</strong> FET colleges, and<br />

the enhancement <strong>of</strong> the<br />

effectiveness and efficiency <strong>of</strong> their<br />

structures, systems and<br />

procedures.�<br />

� Ensuring that colleges are<br />

sensitive and responsive to the<br />

social needs and transformation<br />

agenda <strong>of</strong> the Province and the<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment�<br />

� Training and retraining <strong>of</strong> FET<br />

college personnel so that they<br />

enhance their capacity to<br />

undertake their responsibilities�<br />

� More extensive use <strong>of</strong><br />

learnerships as a vehicle to bridge<br />

the gap between education and<br />

employment and enhance the<br />

practical value <strong>of</strong> vocational and<br />

technical programmes�<br />

� Development <strong>of</strong> Human<br />

Resource capacity in line with the<br />

National HRD Strategy and the<br />

PGDP�<br />

� Re-equip and recapitalize FET to<br />

be effective and responsive�<br />

� Increased access to historically<br />

disadvantaged groups in the FET<br />

system�<br />

� Enhanced student support<br />

services, especially for<br />

marginalized groups�<br />

� To build <strong>part</strong>nerships as a<br />

strategy for enhancing the services<br />

<strong>of</strong> FET�<br />

structures�<br />

� Lack <strong>of</strong> enough resources to<br />

respond to the distinctiveness <strong>of</strong><br />

the FET Sector�<br />

� The absence <strong>of</strong> a national<br />

curriculum framework for the FET<br />

Sector�<br />

� Curriculum materials in FET must<br />

be updated to meet the<br />

requirements <strong>of</strong> the world <strong>of</strong> work�<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 2005/06 to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (2).doc 2006 Page 45<br />

43<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

-<br />

Purpose<br />

Transformational Focus<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

� Effective integration <strong>of</strong> ABET and<br />

FET � Effective college integration programmes <strong>of</strong> ABET for and<br />

FET beneficiaries college programmes to <strong>part</strong>icipate for in the<br />

beneficiaries <strong>Education</strong>al Provisioning to <strong>part</strong>icipate and in the Local<br />

<strong>Education</strong>al Economic Development Provisioning Initiative and Local<br />

Economic and the EPWP� Development Initiative<br />

and the EPWP�<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

OVERVIEW AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

�<br />

��<br />

��<br />

��<br />

��<br />

�<br />

PROGRAMME 6<br />

PROGRAMME Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> 6 and<br />

Adult Training Basic <strong>Education</strong> and<br />

Training<br />

Purpose:<br />

Purpose: To provide Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong><br />

To and provide Training Adult (ABET) Basic in accordance <strong>Education</strong><br />

and with Training the Adult (ABET) Basic <strong>Education</strong> in accordance Act,<br />

with 2000 the (Act Adult No 52 Basic <strong>of</strong> 2000). <strong>Education</strong> Act,<br />

2000 (Act No 52 <strong>of</strong> 2000).<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

According to the 2001 Census,<br />

According 63.6% <strong>of</strong> households to the 2001 in Census, the<br />

63.6% Province <strong>of</strong> live households in poverty; in the 36.5%<br />

Province have no more live in than poverty; a primary 36.5%<br />

have education no more and than 50% a <strong>of</strong> primary the<br />

education population and is estimated 50% <strong>of</strong> the as illiterate.<br />

population The unemployment is estimated rate as is illiterate. 53.7%<br />

The with unemployment youth (between rate 18 and is 53.7% 25)<br />

with unemployment youth (between estimated 18 and at 25) 81%.<br />

unemployment This represents estimated an unenviable at 81%.<br />

This state represents <strong>of</strong> underdevelopment an unenviable and<br />

state disadvantagement <strong>of</strong> underdevelopment in the Province. and<br />

disadvantagement As many as 52% <strong>of</strong> in the the learners Province.<br />

As who many start as school 52% in <strong>of</strong> the the Province learners do<br />

who not complete start school school in the with Province a Matric do<br />

not Certificate. complete school with a Matric<br />

Certificate.<br />

This dismal picture means that a<br />

This significant dismal portion picture <strong>of</strong> means the population that a<br />

significant in the Province portion is without <strong>of</strong> the population a proper<br />

in education the Province and will is without have no a proper<br />

education opportunity and to secure will have good no jobs,<br />

opportunity earn decent to salaries, secure <strong>part</strong>icipate good jobs, in<br />

earn a vibrant decent economy salaries, and <strong>part</strong>icipate advance in<br />

a their vibrant welfare economy and that and <strong>of</strong> advance their<br />

their families. welfare Many and will that have <strong>of</strong> their no access<br />

families. to “the better Many life will for have all” that no access is<br />

to envisioned. “the better life for all” that is<br />

envisioned.<br />

The National Skills Development<br />

ABET is a critical priority on the<br />

ABET agenda is <strong>of</strong> a critical government. priority It on is the<br />

agenda highlighted <strong>of</strong> government. in educational It policies, is<br />

highlighted in the National in educational Skills Development policies,<br />

in Strategy the National (NSDS), Skills in the Development Provincial<br />

Strategy Growth and (NSDS), Development in the Provincial Plan, in<br />

Growth the National and Development Human Resource Plan, in<br />

the Development National Human Strategy Resource and a <strong>part</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />

Development various social Strategy and community and a <strong>part</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />

various development social initiatives. and community The<br />

development private sector, initiatives. in response The to<br />

private national sector, policy in initiatives, response has to also<br />

national implemented policy ABET initiatives, programmes. has also<br />

In implemented this respect, ABET ABET programmes.<br />

extends way<br />

In beyond this respect, the authority ABET and extends control way <strong>of</strong><br />

beyond the De<strong>part</strong>ment. the authority As a and result, control it is <strong>of</strong><br />

the essential De<strong>part</strong>ment. to ensure As that a result, public it and is<br />

essential private ABET to ensure initiatives that are public and<br />

private coordinated, ABET monitored initiatives and are<br />

coordinated, orchestrated monitored as <strong>part</strong> <strong>of</strong> an and agenda<br />

orchestrated to eradicate illiteracy as <strong>part</strong> <strong>of</strong> and an reduce agenda it<br />

to by eradicate at least 50% illiteracy by 2010. and reduce In this it<br />

by respect, at least the 50% following by 2010. priorities In this are<br />

respect, highlighted. the following priorities are<br />

highlighted.<br />

� Reduction <strong>of</strong> illiteracy to 50% by<br />

2014 � Reduction – that is <strong>of</strong> ± illiteracy 60,000 per to 50% annum� by<br />

2014 � Implementation – that is ± 60,000 <strong>of</strong> poverty per annum�<br />

alleviation � Implementation programmes <strong>of</strong> poverty through<br />

alleviation ABET� programmes through<br />

ABET� � To provide more spaces in public<br />

ABET � To provide centres more in accordance spaces in public with<br />

ABET policy�centres<br />

in accordance with<br />

policy� � Establishment <strong>of</strong> day centres in<br />

selected � Establishment communities� <strong>of</strong> day centres in<br />

selected � Develop communities�<br />

and implement<br />

appropriate � Develop and curricula implement in line with<br />

appropriate PGDP� curricula in line with<br />

PGDP� � Expansion <strong>of</strong> reach <strong>of</strong> ABET<br />

through � Expansion implementation <strong>of</strong> reach <strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong> ABET the<br />

through Provincial implementation Literacy Programme� <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Provincial � To pilot and Literacy implement Programme� open<br />

learning � To pilot strategy and implement in formal open and<br />

learning informal strategy learning in sites� formal and<br />

informal � Implementation learning sites� <strong>of</strong> poverty<br />

� The curriculum employed in<br />

ABET � The curriculum is not suitable employed for most in adult<br />

ABET learners is not who suitable need practical for most and adult<br />

learners skills-based who projects need practical that can and<br />

skills-based prepare them projects for employment� that can<br />

prepare them for employment�<br />

� There is little collaboration<br />

among � There the is little many collaboration public and private<br />

among entities the that many run ABET public and private<br />

entities programmes. that run It ABET is difficult to<br />

programmes. assess the impact It is difficult <strong>of</strong> these to<br />

assess programmes the impact or the <strong>of</strong> reduction these <strong>of</strong><br />

programmes illiteracy in the or Province� the reduction <strong>of</strong><br />

illiteracy in the Province�<br />

� Many illiterate adults do not seek<br />

education � Many illiterate because adults <strong>of</strong> uncertainty, do not seek<br />

education lack <strong>of</strong> infrastructure because <strong>of</strong> and uncertainty, lack <strong>of</strong><br />

lack confidence� <strong>of</strong> infrastructure and lack <strong>of</strong><br />

confidence�<br />

� Absence <strong>of</strong> a Provincial structure<br />

�to Absence monitor and <strong>of</strong> a manage Provincial ABET structure<br />

to provided monitor in and the manage Public Sector� ABET<br />

�provided Lack <strong>of</strong> in funds the Public for a massive Sector�<br />

�campaign Lack <strong>of</strong> funds on illiteracy� for a massive<br />

campaign � The needs on <strong>of</strong> illiteracy� disabled learners<br />

�who The need needs ABET <strong>of</strong> disabled are not being learners<br />

who addressed� need ABET are not being<br />

addressed� � Lack <strong>of</strong> clear Recognition <strong>of</strong> Prior<br />

�Learning Lack <strong>of</strong> (RPL) clear Recognition guidelines for <strong>of</strong> Prior<br />

Learning ABET� (RPL) guidelines for<br />

ABET� � There is no credible assessment<br />

�policy There for is ABET� no credible assessment<br />

policy � Lack for <strong>of</strong> ABET� a moral agenda in life<br />

�skills Lack education� <strong>of</strong> a moral agenda in life<br />

skills<br />

� Multi-purpose<br />

education�<br />

centres are not<br />

�being Multi-purpose adequately centres used for are the not<br />

being promotion adequately <strong>of</strong> ABET.� used for the<br />

promotion <strong>of</strong> ABET.�<br />

�<br />

The National Skills Development � Implementation <strong>of</strong> poverty �<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (2).doc Page 44<br />

5 Year 5 ECDoE Year ECDoE Strategic Strategic Plan for Plan 2005-06 for 2005/06 to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F (2).doc March 2006 Page 44 Page 46<br />

<strong>part</strong> B: programme & sub-programme plans


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

Strategy asserts that ABET is the<br />

first rung on the ladder for all to<br />

<strong>part</strong>icipate in a seamless<br />

qualification system to secure an<br />

education to whatever level they<br />

wish. ABET, for many, is the<br />

gateway to opportunity through<br />

which underdevelopment and<br />

deprivation <strong>of</strong> the past could be<br />

addressed.<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

alleviation programmes in all �<br />

districts and nodal points� �<br />

� Development <strong>of</strong> modular skills<br />

based programmes. �<br />

� Implementation <strong>of</strong> learnerships � �<br />

� Incorporation <strong>of</strong> HIV/AIDS and<br />

voter education in curriculum, and �<br />

� Acquisition <strong>of</strong> appropriate LSM �<br />

for ABET� �<br />

� Effective integration <strong>of</strong> ABET and<br />

FET college programmes for<br />

beneficiaries to fully <strong>part</strong>icipate in<br />

the <strong>Education</strong>al Provisioning and<br />

Local Development Initiative and<br />

the EPWP�<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

PROGRAMME 7<br />

Early Childhood Development ECD is a key component <strong>of</strong> the � ECD centres do not submit<br />

(ECD)<br />

National and Provincial HRD compliance forms in time and, as a<br />

Strategy and is considered as one result, their payment is delayed�<br />

Purpose:<br />

To provide Early Childhood<br />

<strong>Education</strong> (ECD) at the Grade R<br />

and earlier levels in accordance<br />

with White Paper 5<br />

<strong>of</strong> the pillars <strong>of</strong> the PGDP. One <strong>of</strong><br />

the pivotal considerations for<br />

effective ECD delivery is to ensure<br />

that the full cohort <strong>of</strong> 5 and 6 year<br />

olds is in some form <strong>of</strong> high quality<br />

ECD centre. As <strong>part</strong> <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Transformational Agenda <strong>of</strong> the<br />

� There is understaffing in the ECD<br />

Directorate�<br />

� There are still large numbers <strong>of</strong><br />

unqualified ECD practitioners as a<br />

result <strong>of</strong> accelerated rollout <strong>of</strong> ECD<br />

sites over the years.�<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

ECD is important in creating a new<br />

future that provides opportunities<br />

for all. It is well established that<br />

the foundation for academic<br />

achievement and excellence is laid<br />

in the early years <strong>of</strong> life. Research<br />

has established that learners in<br />

Primary and High Schools who<br />

have had the benefit <strong>of</strong> a sound<br />

pre-school or early childhood<br />

education out-perform their<br />

counter<strong>part</strong>s who have not had<br />

such opportunities. This means<br />

that equity in opportunity to<br />

achieve academically (Goal 1 <strong>of</strong><br />

the Transformation Agenda)<br />

begins, not with Primary <strong>Education</strong>,<br />

but with ECD. Some <strong>of</strong> the most<br />

critical developmental and<br />

transformational strategies <strong>of</strong><br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment, it is <strong>part</strong>icularly<br />

important to ensure that residents<br />

<strong>of</strong> rural, difficult to access and<br />

disadvantaged areas also have<br />

access to ECD centres <strong>of</strong> high<br />

quality<br />

� In compliance with White Paper 5<br />

– all learners must have gone<br />

through a reception year<br />

programme by year 2010�<br />

� By 2010 all primary schools must<br />

have a reception (Grade R) class�<br />

� All community based centres<br />

must be incorporated into all<br />

primary schools�<br />

� All ECD practitioners must go<br />

through the 2-year practitioners<br />

course�<br />

� All approved sites must have<br />

appropriate furniture and<br />

equipment�<br />

� Many ECD sites are poorly<br />

managed. This eventually affects<br />

the quality <strong>of</strong> their programmes�<br />

� The lack <strong>of</strong> funding results in the<br />

slow development and<br />

implementation <strong>of</strong> ECD<br />

programmes�<br />

� Effective linkage <strong>of</strong> ECD and the<br />

EPWP�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

Government (HRD Strategy,<br />

PGDP) highlight the importance <strong>of</strong><br />

ECD in preparing for a sound<br />

future economically and socially.<br />

Advancing the welfare <strong>of</strong> all for<br />

� Infrastructure budget to<br />

incorporate a Grade R class for<br />

each primary school where<br />

necessary<br />

�<br />

�<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 2005/06 to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (2).doc 2006 Page 47<br />

45<br />


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

- tomorrow Transformational means that Focus full<br />

tomorrow <strong>part</strong>icipation means in ECD that today full must be<br />

<strong>part</strong>icipation ensured. in ECD today must be<br />

ensured.<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

� In order to meet the 2010 target<br />

the � In De<strong>part</strong>ment order to meet has the to 2010 ensure target that<br />

the De<strong>part</strong>ment reception class has is to implemented<br />

ensure that<br />

the at all reception primary schools class is implemented<br />

at a rate <strong>of</strong><br />

at 1000 all primary sites per schools annum�at<br />

a rate <strong>of</strong><br />

1000 sites per annum�<br />

� National Government identified<br />

ECD � National as an Government area for sustainable identified job<br />

ECD creation as an in the area social for sustainable sector <strong>of</strong> the job<br />

creation Expanded in Public the social Works sector <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Expanded Programme Public (EPWP)� Works<br />

Programme (EPWP)�<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

OVERVIEW AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

PROGRAMME 8<br />

PROGRAMME SUB-PROGRAMME 8 8.2<br />

Addressing the HIV and Aids � Lack <strong>of</strong> Organizational<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME<br />

Conditional Grants Projects<br />

8.2<br />

(HIV<br />

Addressing pandemic is the <strong>of</strong> high HIV and priority Aids Integration. � Lack <strong>of</strong> Organizational<br />

HIV and Aids is still<br />

Conditional and Aids) Grants Projects (HIV pandemic nationally and is <strong>of</strong> provincially. high priority The Integration. treated as an HIV add-on.� and Aids is still<br />

and Aids)<br />

nationally response to and this provincially. pandemic is The not treated as an add-on.�<br />

response to this pandemic is not � The non-sharing <strong>of</strong> information<br />

framed in one overarching policy<br />

Purpose:<br />

� The non-sharing <strong>of</strong> information<br />

framed in one overarching policy with new cohorts <strong>of</strong> learners if<br />

Purpose:<br />

document, but runs as a golden with new cohorts <strong>of</strong> learners if<br />

To provide for projects specified by document, but runs as a golden advocacy is not continuing.�<br />

thread or common developmental<br />

To provide for projects specified by<br />

advocacy is not continuing.�<br />

the De<strong>part</strong>ment that is applicable thread theme through or common all policies developmental <strong>of</strong> � Lack <strong>of</strong> a coherent wellness<br />

the to more De<strong>part</strong>ment than one that programme is applicable and theme government. through The all policies intent is <strong>of</strong> a multi- programme � Lack <strong>of</strong> a coherent which emphasizes wellness<br />

to funded more with than conditional one programme grants and government. dimensional approach The intent which is a multi- programme healthy living which habits� emphasizes<br />

funded with conditional grants dimensional approach which healthy living habits�<br />

The objective <strong>of</strong> the HIV and Aids mobilizes the resources and<br />

mobilizes the resources and � Slow pace <strong>of</strong> tender processes<br />

The sub-programme objective <strong>of</strong> the is to HIV develop and Aids and capabilities <strong>of</strong> agencies to impact � Slow pace <strong>of</strong> tender processes<br />

sub-programme is to develop and capabilities <strong>of</strong> agencies to impact delays the accelerated<br />

implement an integrated and inter- the pandemic. Few De<strong>part</strong>ments delays the accelerated<br />

implement an integrated and inter- the pandemic. Few De<strong>part</strong>ments implementation <strong>of</strong> programmes�<br />

sectoral approach that provides are as well positioned as the implementation <strong>of</strong> programmes�<br />

sectoral approach that provides are as well positioned as the<br />

education, prevention, care and De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> to have � Lack <strong>of</strong> IT equipment to manage<br />

education, prevention, care and De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> to have � Lack <strong>of</strong> IT equipment to manage<br />

support to the infected and affected an impact on the crisis.<br />

and monitor projects�<br />

support to the infected and affected an impact on the crisis.<br />

and monitor projects�<br />

learners, educators and parents.<br />

learners, educators and parents. It is in line with this sentiment that � Shortage <strong>of</strong> staff�<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

It the is HIV in line and with Aids this activities sentiment in this that � Shortage <strong>of</strong> staff�<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

the HIV and Aids activities in this<br />

HIV and Aids is the greatest threat programme forge the activities <strong>of</strong><br />

HIV and Aids is the greatest threat programme forge the activities <strong>of</strong><br />

to the welfare and security <strong>of</strong> many directorates and institutions<br />

to the welfare and security <strong>of</strong> many directorates and institutions<br />

families and communities, and it is into a concerted and unified<br />

families and communities, and it is into a concerted and unified<br />

one <strong>of</strong> the public issues which can approach. HIV and Aids is critical<br />

one <strong>of</strong> the public issues which can approach. HIV and Aids is critical<br />

significantly undermine the to the curriculum development and<br />

significantly undermine the to the curriculum development and<br />

development agenda <strong>of</strong> the nation management activities <strong>of</strong> the<br />

development agenda <strong>of</strong> the nation management activities <strong>of</strong> the<br />

and that <strong>of</strong> the Province. The De<strong>part</strong>ment, as well as the<br />

and that <strong>of</strong> the Province. The De<strong>part</strong>ment, as well as the<br />

<strong>Education</strong> Sector is most affected activities <strong>of</strong> EAP, HRD, <strong>Education</strong><br />

<strong>Education</strong> Sector is most affected activities <strong>of</strong> EAP, HRD, <strong>Education</strong><br />

by the pandemic. The number <strong>of</strong> Management Development and<br />

by the pandemic. The number <strong>of</strong> Management Development and<br />

individuals who are infected and Governance, among others. In this<br />

individuals who are infected and Governance, light, the activities among <strong>of</strong> this others. In this<br />

affected by HIV and Aids in the<br />

affected by HIV and Aids in the light, programme the activities are framed <strong>of</strong> this<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment is increasing daily.<br />

within<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment is increasing daily. programme <strong>strategic</strong> goal are 8 <strong>of</strong> framed the within<br />

The rate <strong>of</strong> absenteeism through<br />

The rate <strong>of</strong> absenteeism through <strong>strategic</strong> Transformation goal 8 Agenda <strong>of</strong> the<br />

illness has increased and there is a<br />

and the<br />

illness has increased and there is a Transformation Strategic Plan which Agenda focuses and the<br />

constant deterioration in the<br />

on<br />

constant deterioration in the Strategic the social Plan issues which which focuses affect on<br />

complement <strong>of</strong> teaching personnel.<br />

complement <strong>of</strong> teaching personnel. the schools social and issues schooling which in affect<br />

One <strong>of</strong> the effects <strong>of</strong> this is the<br />

One <strong>of</strong> the effects <strong>of</strong> this is the schools communities. and schooling in<br />

ongoing struggle to maintain a<br />

ongoing struggle to maintain a communities.<br />

level <strong>of</strong> staffing and staff<br />

�<br />

level attendance <strong>of</strong> staffing that and can staff ensure an<br />

�<br />

�<br />

attendance adequate level that <strong>of</strong> can service ensure delivery an<br />

�<br />

�<br />

adequate level <strong>of</strong> service delivery �<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (2).doc Page 46<br />

5 Year ECDoE 5 Year ECDoE Strategic Strategic Plan for Plan 2005-06 for 2005/06 to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F (2).doc March 2006 Page 46 Page 48<br />

<strong>part</strong> B: programme & sub-programme plans


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

in our <strong>of</strong>fices and institutions. It is<br />

- Purpose<br />

necessary to ensure that we have<br />

- adequate Transformational levels <strong>of</strong> staffing Focus in order<br />

in to our maintain <strong>of</strong>fices an and acceptable institutions. level It <strong>of</strong> is<br />

necessary service delivery. to ensure that we have<br />

adequate levels <strong>of</strong> staffing in order<br />

We must also ensure that those<br />

to maintain an acceptable level <strong>of</strong><br />

who are infected and affected are<br />

service delivery.<br />

not marginalized. In this regard,<br />

We special must attention also ensure must that be given those to<br />

who orphans are infected who attend and schools, affected and are<br />

not children marginalized. who are forced In this to regard, assume<br />

special responsibility attention for must their families. be given to<br />

orphans who attend schools, and<br />

children who are forced to assume<br />

responsibility for their families.<br />

The POLICIES bond between AND school PRIORITIES and<br />

community, the adequate<br />

preparation <strong>of</strong> human resources<br />

The and the bond establishment between school <strong>of</strong> the and<br />

community, appropriate policy the adequate framework and<br />

preparation organizational <strong>of</strong> human processes resources to<br />

and respond the establishment to HIV and Aids <strong>of</strong> are the all<br />

appropriate critical features policy and framework priorities <strong>of</strong> and this<br />

organizational programme. processes to<br />

respond to HIV and Aids are all<br />

critical features and priorities <strong>of</strong> this<br />

programme.<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME 8.4<br />

External Examinations The activities, processes and � Lack <strong>of</strong> Staffing in the CASS Unit�<br />

SUB-PROGRAMME Purpose: 8.4<br />

External<br />

To provide<br />

Examinations<br />

for special<br />

de<strong>part</strong>mentally managed<br />

Purpose: examination services. Specifically,<br />

To the provide programme for special seeks to provide<br />

de<strong>part</strong>mentally an effective and managed efficient external<br />

examination services. for grade 12, Specifically, GET and<br />

the ABET programme seeks to provide<br />

an effective and efficient external<br />

examination for grade 12, GET and<br />

ABET<br />

standards relating to and governing<br />

examinations and assessment are<br />

The framed activities, in the following processes legislation and<br />

standards and key policy relating documents: to and governing<br />

examinations and assessment are<br />

framed � South in African the following Schools legislation Act, 1996<br />

(Act and key No 84 policy <strong>of</strong> 1996) documents: (SASA)<br />

�<br />

�� South Further African <strong>Education</strong> Schools and Act, Training 1996<br />

(Act Act (FET), No 84 1998 <strong>of</strong> 1996) (Act (SASA) No 98 <strong>of</strong><br />

1998) � �<br />

�� Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

Act � Adult (FET), Basic 1998 <strong>Education</strong> (Act No and 98 <strong>of</strong><br />

� Lack <strong>of</strong> proper Storage <strong>of</strong> Scripts�<br />

� Absence <strong>of</strong> Key Qualified Staff�<br />

�<br />

� Lack<br />

Lack <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>of</strong><br />

Key<br />

Staffing<br />

Staff<br />

in<br />

members�<br />

the CASS Unit�<br />

�<br />

� Lack<br />

Facilities<br />

<strong>of</strong> proper<br />

currently<br />

Storage<br />

inadequate�<br />

<strong>of</strong> Scripts�<br />

� Absence <strong>of</strong> Key Qualified Staff�<br />

� Lack <strong>of</strong> Key Staff members�<br />

� Facilities currently inadequate�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

Transformational Focus:<br />

Training 1998) � Act (ABET), 2000 (Act No<br />

52 � <strong>of</strong> 2000) �<br />

Learner assessment has always<br />

Transformational been a critical area Focus: <strong>of</strong> focus in<br />

education. Its importance arises<br />

Learner from its role assessment as the gate-keeper has always in<br />

been differentiating a critical between area <strong>of</strong> focus those in who<br />

education. are competent Its importance enough to be arises<br />

from certified its role and as those the who gate-keeper have not in<br />

differentiating achieved the desired between level those <strong>of</strong> who<br />

are competence, competent and enough from its to be role as<br />

certified an overall and measure those who <strong>of</strong> the have not<br />

achieved performance the <strong>of</strong> desired the De<strong>part</strong>ment. level <strong>of</strong> In<br />

competence, this regard there and are from four its role as<br />

an transformational overall measure issues <strong>of</strong> the for<br />

performance reflection which <strong>of</strong> the may De<strong>part</strong>ment. warrant the In<br />

this De<strong>part</strong>ment regard there to occasionally are four revisit<br />

transformational what it does. issues for<br />

reflection which may warrant the<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment to occasionally revisit<br />

what it does.<br />

��<br />

Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and<br />

Training � National Act <strong>Education</strong> (ABET), 2000 Policy (Act Act No<br />

52 (NEPA), <strong>of</strong> 2000) 1996 � (Act No 27 <strong>of</strong> 1996)�<br />

��<br />

�� National General and <strong>Education</strong> Further Policy <strong>Education</strong> Act<br />

(NEPA), and Training 1996 Quality (Act No Assurance 27 <strong>of</strong> 1996)� Act<br />

(GENFETQA), �<br />

2001 (Act No 58 <strong>of</strong><br />

2001) � General � and Further <strong>Education</strong><br />

and � Training Quality Assurance Act<br />

(GENFETQA), � Regulations for 2001 the Conduct, (Act No 58 <strong>of</strong><br />

2001) Administration � and Management <strong>of</strong><br />

Assessment �<br />

for the Senior<br />

Certificate� � Regulations for the Conduct,<br />

Administration Among the priorities and Management <strong>of</strong> the <strong>of</strong><br />

Assessment De<strong>part</strong>ment in for respect the Senior to<br />

Certificate� examinations and assessment are<br />

Among the following:� the priorities <strong>of</strong> the<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment in respect to<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

��<br />

��<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

examinations and assessment are �<br />

the following:� �<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (2).doc Page 47<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 2005/06 to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (2).doc 2006 Page 49 47<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS


SUB-PROGRAMME:<br />

- Purpose<br />

- Transformational Focus<br />

POLICIES AND PRIORITIES<br />

The four issues are as follows: � Staff training for more efficient �<br />

1.The structure, content and and effective work habits<br />

�<br />

process <strong>of</strong> examinations are fair<br />

and unbiased and do not<br />

disadvantage or favour <strong>part</strong>icular<br />

groups;<br />

2. Ensure that attention is not given<br />

to examination performance to the<br />

detriment <strong>of</strong> learning balanced<br />

development and effective skills<br />

acquisition;<br />

3. Ensure that exam logistics and<br />

�<br />

� Attracting an keeping high calibre<br />

staff members through a structure<br />

that allows vertical career-pathing�<br />

�<br />

The following need to be put in<br />

place:�<br />

�<br />

administration do not disadvantage � Training assessors and<br />

learners in the rural and difficult to moderators to conduct an<br />

access areas; and,<br />

outcomes-based quality<br />

4. that all learners have access to improvement programme<br />

instruction and resources<br />

�<br />

(including LTSM) that will<br />

� Question papers for the FETC<br />

adequately prepare them for external assessment to be ready<br />

examinations<br />

18 months prior to the assessment<br />

date�<br />

�<br />

� Development <strong>of</strong> a new IT system<br />

and population <strong>of</strong> the new system<br />

with data to be able to conduct a<br />

test run in good time�<br />

�<br />

� Updated provincial policy<br />

documents and regulations need to<br />

be developed�<br />

�<br />

�<br />

OVERVIEW OF CHALLENGES<br />

AND CONSTRAINTS<br />

5 Year 5 Year ECDoE ECDoE Strategic Strategic Plan Plan for 2005-06 for 2005/06 to 2009-10. to 2009/10 21 F March (2).doc 2006 Page 48 Page 50<br />

<strong>part</strong> B: programme & sub-programme plans


5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10 March 2006 Page 51


e a s t e r n c a p e d e p a r t m e n t o f<br />

EDUCATION<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10 March 2006 Page 52<br />

contents


12. INTRODUCTION<br />

PART C: BACKGROUND INFORMATION<br />

While Section 3 <strong>of</strong> the plan presents details on each sub-programme and highlights where<br />

<strong>strategic</strong> objectives are placed both budget-wise and organizationally, Part C <strong>of</strong> the Strategic<br />

Plan document is intended to provide the essential details about the background information<br />

upon which the plan is based. The purpose <strong>of</strong> this section <strong>of</strong> the document is to further<br />

contextualize the goals and objectives <strong>of</strong> the plan, to highlight the circumstances and issues<br />

from which planned priorities were derived, and to present the essential boundaries <strong>of</strong> activity<br />

within which the De<strong>part</strong>ment will operate in implementing the plan. This section <strong>of</strong> the plan is<br />

important both as a backdrop which gives meaning to the activities to be undertaken and as a<br />

guide which seeks to inform <strong>of</strong>ficials and stakeholders about the best way to manoeuvre<br />

among the activities and complexities which will define scope and context <strong>of</strong> delivery.<br />

This section <strong>of</strong> the plan is therefore divided into two main sections and several sub-sections.<br />

The sections and sub-sections are outlined below.<br />

13. ANALYSIS OF THE SERVICE DELIVERY ENVIRONMENT<br />

o Policy Changes and Trends<br />

o Environmental factors and emerging challenges<br />

o Demographic Pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape<br />

o Social Economic Deprivation in Eastern Cape Communities<br />

o Analysis <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Education</strong>al System<br />

o Demographic pressures and access issues<br />

o <strong>Education</strong>al pr<strong>of</strong>iles <strong>of</strong> people<br />

o Transfers to Institutions<br />

o The state <strong>of</strong> Public Ordinary Schools education<br />

o Independent Schools<br />

o LSEN Schools<br />

o FET<br />

o ABET<br />

13.1 Policy Changes and Trends<br />

With the increased use <strong>of</strong> computer technology in more and more aspects <strong>of</strong> life, government<br />

recognized the need to pass legislation that would provide the framework for regulating<br />

electronic communications, such as email, and establish the legality <strong>of</strong> electronic business<br />

transactions. The Electronic Communications and Transactions Act (Act 25 <strong>of</strong> 2002)<br />

(ECT) provides for the facilitation and regulation <strong>of</strong> electronic communications and<br />

transactions; the development <strong>of</strong> a national e-strategy; universal access to electronic<br />

communications and transactions; human resource development in electronic transactions;<br />

the prevention <strong>of</strong> abuse <strong>of</strong> information systems; and to encourage the use <strong>of</strong> e-government<br />

services.<br />

This is an important act for educational institutions seen against the requirement to provide<br />

access to and training in the use <strong>of</strong> computers and to enable people to make the transition<br />

into the world <strong>of</strong> the Internet and other computer-based work methods.<br />

The e-<strong>Education</strong> Draft White Paper <strong>of</strong> the National De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> was published<br />

in August 2003. It has the overall policy goal that ‘Every South African learner in the general<br />

and further education and training bands will be “ICT capable” that is, use Information and<br />

Communications Technology (ICT) confidently and creatively by 2013.<br />

The relevant policy imperatives are set out under six <strong>strategic</strong> objectives:<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 2005-06 to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (3) 2006 Page 53<br />

Page 49


� ICT pr<strong>of</strong>essional development <strong>of</strong> teachers, managers and administrators<br />

� Electronic content resources for teaching and learning<br />

� ICT infrastructure<br />

� Connectivity to an educational network and the Internet<br />

� Community engagement to share the resources with the wider community<br />

� Research and development into new technologies, methodologies and techniques.<br />

Subsequent to the publication <strong>of</strong> the Draft White Paper was the requirement for all education<br />

de<strong>part</strong>ments to develop business plans to guide the implementation <strong>of</strong> the policy. The ECDoE<br />

produced and submitted costed business plan in March 2005.<br />

This policy will have a major impact on teaching and learning as well as the administration in<br />

our schools.<br />

13.1.1 Quality Assurance<br />

Quality Assurance is a concept that originally comes from the private sector even though its<br />

relevance spans both the public and the private sector. Any organization that has a service or<br />

goods to deliver needs to have a mechanism in place to guarantee that the service or the<br />

goods will be in compliance with service or production standards that the organization itself<br />

shall have set for itself. Quality Assurance ensures that the organization will have a<br />

guaranteed niche, this niche being guaranteed by the extent to which quality defines the<br />

services or goods the organization is associated with.<br />

Quality as concept is a defining feature that sets an organization a<strong>part</strong> from others since it is a<br />

tool that promotes excellence. Quality also ensures compliance <strong>of</strong> performance with mutually<br />

agreed and set standards. There are quality principles and service standards that need to be<br />

agreed upon by organizations that aspire to a quality service for their identified customers and<br />

market. The global thrust for quality assurance is to establish within organizations a culture <strong>of</strong><br />

continuous improvement. The South African Excellence Framework presents a paradigm<br />

within which quality becomes a visible yet continuously aspired to goal. Quality Assurance<br />

initiatives are grounded in the National <strong>Education</strong> Policy Act No.27 <strong>of</strong> 1996 (NEPA). NEPA<br />

created a legislative framework for both the Assessment Policy for the General <strong>Education</strong> and<br />

Training Band, Grades R – 9 and ABET which prescribes that Systemic Evaluation studies<br />

be conducted as well as the National Policy on Whole-school Evaluation (WSE)<br />

The focus for the <strong>Education</strong> De<strong>part</strong>ment as an organization in respect <strong>of</strong> quality assurance is<br />

both at system and school level with Systemic Evaluation being a tool that seeks to determine<br />

and measure the health <strong>of</strong> the <strong>Education</strong> system at exit points <strong>of</strong> the Foundation, Intermediate<br />

and the Senior Phases <strong>of</strong> the General <strong>Education</strong> and Training Band. The Grade 12 results for<br />

now are still a determining measure for the quality <strong>of</strong> the performance <strong>of</strong> the education<br />

system at the FET Phase. Whole-school Evaluation (WSE) focuses on the school system by<br />

monitoring and evaluating the extent to which curriculum provision takes place. This is done<br />

through a framework <strong>of</strong> nationally agreed criteria and guidelines. Nine nationally agreed areas<br />

for evaluation form the basis on which the performance <strong>of</strong> each school as unit <strong>of</strong> the system is<br />

evaluated. Whole-school Evaluation is now <strong>part</strong> <strong>of</strong> the Integrated Quality Management<br />

System (IQMS).<br />

Quality Management Systems, one <strong>of</strong> the mechanisms for assuring quality within education,<br />

brings in a feedback loop through which the recommendations flowing from Systemic<br />

Evaluation and Whole-school Evaluation are fed back into the system to guarantee<br />

continuous improvement in terms <strong>of</strong> the performance <strong>of</strong> the education system.<br />

The South African Excellence Foundation Model for quality service delivery provides a<br />

structure/framework on which our various service delivery modes as the De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>Education</strong> need to be located. Its fundamental concepts provide effective guidelines to take<br />

any organization on a sure path to realizing excellence in its service delivery.<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 2005-06 to to 2009/10. 2009-10. March 21 F (3).doc 2006 Page 54<br />

50<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information


13.2 Environmental Factors and Emerging Challenges<br />

13.2.1 Infrastructure<br />

In 1996, the Schools’ Register <strong>of</strong> Needs recorded a backlog <strong>of</strong> 22 000 classrooms in our<br />

system. Between 1996 and 2004 all districts saw an increase in number <strong>of</strong> classrooms and a<br />

corresponding decrease in learner classroom ratio, <strong>part</strong>icularly in the more rural districts <strong>of</strong><br />

Lusikisiki, Umzimkhulu, Bizana and Mount Frere. To date we have provided 11000<br />

classrooms across the Province but in the interim the backlog has swelled to 14,000<br />

classrooms. Indeed the adequate provision <strong>of</strong> classrooms will still remain a challenge in the<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment for the next ten years.<br />

13.2.2 Learner Assessment<br />

The matriculation provincial pass rate has not yet stabilized.<br />

The pass rate increased from 51.9% in 2002, with an 8.1% rise to 60.0% in 2003. However<br />

this was followed by the disappointing drop <strong>of</strong> 6.5% to 53.5% in 2004. The Eastern Cape was<br />

the only province where the matric pass rate increased in 2005, by 3.2% to 56.7%<br />

The smooth conduct and management <strong>of</strong> examinations has given credibility to the results<br />

over the last four to five years. In that period there has not been a single report <strong>of</strong> examination<br />

leakages or any impropriety in our Grade 12 examinations.<br />

In ABET level 4 learners surpassed all the provinces, will be strengthened each year. The<br />

annual increase in ABET learner numbers from 285 in 2001 to 522 in 2002, 669 in 2003 and<br />

911 in 2004 indicates the seriousness that the learners now attach to ABET in our province.<br />

13.2.3 FET College Sector<br />

The successful merger <strong>of</strong> the Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training (FET) Colleges from 25 to eight<br />

institutions, streamlined to meet the skills needs <strong>of</strong> the province, was a major achievement.<br />

The importance <strong>of</strong> this sector lies in its ability to address the human resource demands <strong>of</strong> our<br />

economy and a redefinition <strong>of</strong> the labour pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> the province.<br />

The filling <strong>of</strong> the 8 CEO posts was successfully completed soon after the merger process.<br />

However, the filling <strong>of</strong> senior posts will only take place in the 2005/6 financial year. Budgetary<br />

constraints have affected the post-provisioning at colleges, which has in turn affected the<br />

curriculum <strong>of</strong>ferings.<br />

The learnerships programme, driven from this sector is intended to address the skills<br />

development as well as create employment opportunities for our youth. There are 84<br />

unemployed youths <strong>part</strong>icipating in the following learnerships:<br />

� Food and beverage Processing - NQF level 3<br />

� Wholesale and retail specialization - levels 3 and 4<br />

� Wholesale and retail general - levels 2 and 4<br />

� Animal husbandry - level 1<br />

The De<strong>part</strong>ment’s <strong>part</strong>nership with the German Agency for Technical Operation (GTZ) has<br />

facilitated the secondment <strong>of</strong> a provincial learnerships coordinator for this sector.<br />

13.2.4 Opening Access to Learning Opportunities<br />

A meaningful foundation is being <strong>of</strong>fered to our children with the introduction <strong>of</strong> Grade R in<br />

some 1 300 schools impacting on 33 000 learners who previously did not have access to<br />

such an <strong>of</strong>fering. Simultaneously our ABET programme has seen skills and jobs <strong>of</strong>fered to our<br />

rural people. Lately we have taken over the school nutrition programme that ensures a daily<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 2005-06 to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (3).doc 2006 Page 55<br />

Page 51


meal for our poorer children. These programmes are designed to contribute to job-creation<br />

and thus poverty alleviation in our communities. This is directly in line with the Provincial<br />

Growth and Development Programme.<br />

13.2.5 Institutional Management<br />

Our capacity building efforts at all levels <strong>of</strong> the system have seen greater stability in the<br />

management <strong>of</strong> our institutions.<br />

The delivery <strong>of</strong> Learner Support Material has improved each year. The educators are<br />

currently receiving meaningful Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Development Programmes that will enhance the<br />

introduction <strong>of</strong> the Revised National Curriculum. The stability at school level is strengthened<br />

by the tenacity with which our learners stay longer in the system.<br />

13.2.6 Challenges:<br />

13.2.6.1 Impediments to Service Delivery<br />

Despite the successes listed above, the ECDoE faces a number <strong>of</strong> vital challenges that<br />

impact on its ability to ensure quality service delivery within the context <strong>of</strong> the external<br />

environment.<br />

A fundamental challenge that faces the ECDoE is the shortage <strong>of</strong> educators and educator<br />

skills as a result <strong>of</strong> the attrition rates especially amongst the younger educators.<br />

Added to this has been insufficient budget allocation, which, inevitably, results in unending<br />

financial constraints.<br />

The age- old concern from both our employees and suppliers regarding our capacity to pay<br />

within expected turnaround time standards remains with the De<strong>part</strong>ment. This stem from<br />

insufficient capacity, which is currently being addressed from a number <strong>of</strong> fronts, like for<br />

example the backlogs’ project.<br />

Record keeping is a serious challenge that has been confronted headlong, with the<br />

introduction <strong>of</strong> a Registry Project.<br />

One <strong>of</strong> the weaknesses lays in the management <strong>of</strong> procurement processes. This realization<br />

has pushed us to adopt a system <strong>of</strong> monthly and quarterly cycles <strong>of</strong> procurement monitoring,<br />

informed by a composite procurement plan <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment.<br />

The quality that we produce in the gateway subjects <strong>of</strong> mathematics, science and technology<br />

still leaves much to be desired.<br />

A bigger challenge that the De<strong>part</strong>ment is facing has to do with the Presidential injunction<br />

around infrastructure. In his State <strong>of</strong> the Nation address, the President made a call for all to<br />

ensure that by the end <strong>of</strong> the 2004 financial year no learner will receive tuition under a tree,<br />

mud school, or any dangerous conditions that exposes learners and teachers to the elements.<br />

The De<strong>part</strong>ment is committed to the call. However, the De<strong>part</strong>ment’s current budgetary<br />

constraints will force us to seek additional funding to be able to meet the call.<br />

13.2.6.2 Challenges posed by the social and welfare needs <strong>of</strong> our communities<br />

One other critical area that we need to look into is the matter <strong>of</strong> sound relations with our social<br />

<strong>part</strong>ners. We need to operate in an environment that is conducive to stability within the<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment and mutual trust between our social <strong>part</strong>ners and ourselves<br />

In order to meet the challenges <strong>of</strong> the welfare <strong>of</strong> our communities the ECDE embarked on the<br />

school nutrition programme that will be expanded to secondary schools and the provision <strong>of</strong><br />

scholar transport to learners from rural areas and informal settlement. The monitoring <strong>of</strong><br />

access to social grants and the provision <strong>of</strong> clothing needs to orphans and children from<br />

informal settlements will become a priority. The issue <strong>of</strong> burial cost for orphans and the<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 2005-06 to to 2009/10. 2009-10. March 21 F (3).doc 2006 Page 56<br />

52<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information


<strong>part</strong>nerships with other organizations for after-school care-centers for rural and informal<br />

settlement areas will become one <strong>of</strong> the many challenges that face the De<strong>part</strong>ment. The<br />

question on having a “one-stop” information and service centre for social and health service<br />

will enable people to gain access to all services provided by the different sectors <strong>of</strong><br />

government and other organizations<br />

13.2.6.3 Challenges posed by the Impact <strong>of</strong> HIV and AIDS<br />

The actual impact <strong>of</strong> HIV and AIDS on the education system is not certain. A full impact study<br />

needs to be undertaken. There are a number <strong>of</strong> areas that this epidemic will impact upon.<br />

Some <strong>of</strong> them are; one; the aging <strong>of</strong> the workforce due to younger people being affected by<br />

HIV and AIDS; two, high infant mortality level may have implications in reviewing projections<br />

<strong>of</strong> learner enrolment and other planning strategies; three, how does the ECDoE face the issue<br />

<strong>of</strong> child-headed households and the increasing number orphans and four; high level <strong>of</strong><br />

absenteeism amongst the workforce as well as the learners.<br />

The ECDoE will need to look at new recruitment measures ensuring adequate supply <strong>of</strong><br />

educators and will need to review the training programme for educators. It will also need to<br />

review its plans for number projections for learners, the <strong>part</strong>icipation in poverty alleviation<br />

programmes and consider suitable succession planning strategies and learner outreach<br />

programmes.<br />

13.2.6.4 Challenges posed by the Environment<br />

It would be an advantage to have schools clustered around other community facilities. The<br />

close proximity <strong>of</strong> local government facilities promotes the cross utilization <strong>of</strong> resources which<br />

may culminate in the maximum utilization <strong>of</strong> community resources. The use <strong>of</strong> community<br />

facilities in this way will eliminate duplication <strong>of</strong> facilities, for instance a school may not need<br />

its own hall if it is situated close enough to a community hall, whilst a police station may<br />

conveniently deal with safety issues for the school thus improving school security.<br />

It is important that before any development takes place proper planning happens at local<br />

government level to avoid the negative impact that may come as a result <strong>of</strong> lack <strong>of</strong> facilities<br />

like schools, health facilities and any other infrastructure. The lack <strong>of</strong> proper facilities and<br />

infrastructure puts a strain on education activities since the availability <strong>of</strong> these facilities is<br />

critical for the school communities.<br />

The availability <strong>of</strong> running water is critical for all schools since learners and educators spend a<br />

greater <strong>part</strong> <strong>of</strong> their day at school, sharing common amenities. The use <strong>of</strong> water however,<br />

needs to be managed from both the health point <strong>of</strong> view as well as the fact that water is a<br />

scarce commodity and therefore the school communities need to use it responsibly.<br />

Included in the curriculum are the effects <strong>of</strong> all forms <strong>of</strong> pollution on the environment. It is also<br />

vital that learners are protected from pollution to ensure that their state <strong>of</strong> well-being is always<br />

healthy. All hazardous materials should be kept away from schools.<br />

13.3 Demographic Pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape<br />

In terms <strong>of</strong> land area, the Eastern Cape is the second largest province, covering an area <strong>of</strong><br />

approximately 170 000 square kilometres or 14% <strong>of</strong> the land area <strong>of</strong> South Africa. In terms <strong>of</strong><br />

population, in 2001 the Eastern Cape had the third largest provincial population, after<br />

KwaZulu-Natal and Gauteng.<br />

13.3.1 Total Population and Population Density<br />

According to the 2001 Population Census, <strong>of</strong> the 44.8 million people living in South Africa,<br />

14% or some 6.4 million lived in the Eastern Cape. This represents a significant decrease in<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 2005-06 to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (3).doc 2006 Page 57<br />

Page 53


the relative share <strong>of</strong> the South African population accounted for by the Eastern Cape in 1996,<br />

which was 15.5%. Migration impacts on the development <strong>of</strong> curriculum and the increased<br />

demand for services and the delivery there<strong>of</strong>. A system is required to manage rapid<br />

urbanisation.<br />

Table 26 shows the relative provincial populations according to the 1996 and 2001 Censuses.<br />

The province that has most increased its share <strong>of</strong> the total South African population is<br />

Gauteng, which went from 18.1% in 1996 to 19.7% in 2001. The decline in the Eastern<br />

Cape’s share is the most significant <strong>of</strong> all provinces. There are several possible reasons for<br />

this including outward migration in search in better economic opportunities, decreased fertility<br />

(although there is no apparent reason why the Eastern Cape specifically should have<br />

declining fertility) and perhaps a different methodology in the 2001 Census that led to reduced<br />

counts. Overall, the population <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape grew by just 134 000 from 1996 to 2001,<br />

an increase <strong>of</strong> 2.1%.<br />

Table 9: Total Population by Province, 1996 and 2001 Census<br />

Province Population 1996<br />

% share <strong>of</strong><br />

National<br />

Population<br />

1996<br />

Population 2001<br />

% share <strong>of</strong><br />

National<br />

Population<br />

2001<br />

Change in<br />

National<br />

share 1996 -<br />

2000<br />

Eastern Cape 6 302 524 15.5% 6 436 764 14.4% -1.2%<br />

Free State 2 633 503 6.5% 2 706 774 6.0% -0.4%<br />

Gauteng 7 348 425 18.1% 8 837 174 19.7% 1.6%<br />

KwaZulu-Natal 8 417 020 20.7% 9 426 015 21.0% 0.3%<br />

Limpopo 4 929 365 12.1% 5 273 639 11.8% -0.4%<br />

Mpumalanga 2 800 710 6.9% 3 122 991 7.0% 0.1%<br />

Northern Cape 840 323 2.1% 822 729 1.8% -0.2%<br />

North West 3 354 824 8.3% 3 669 353 8.2% -0.1%<br />

Western Cape 3 956 876 9.7% 4 524 341 10.1% 0.3%<br />

Total 40 583 570 100% 44 819 780 100%<br />

Since a national population census was conducted by Statistics South Africa in both 1996 and<br />

2001, this allows for several interesting comparisons to be made over the six-year period.<br />

Graph 1 compares provinces in terms <strong>of</strong> their population growth over this period, showing<br />

which provinces experienced the greatest increase. The fact that the Eastern Cape has<br />

experienced a relatively low rate <strong>of</strong> increase has implications for the provision <strong>of</strong> education in<br />

the province – it implies that, unlike Gauteng, the demand for education has remained relatively<br />

stable during this period and that there is unlikely to be a need to build new schools to meet<br />

new demographic demand. This does not detract from an ongoing need to address existing<br />

backlogs and, in some cases, to build new schools to improve access to education.<br />

A challenge for the education system is to improve access to schooling, more especially to<br />

secondary and further education and training facilities for the high number <strong>of</strong> non-urban.<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for for 2005/06 2005-06 to to 2009/10. 2009-10. March 21 F (3) 2006 Page 58<br />

54<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information


Graph 1: Provincial Population Growth 1996-2001<br />

Eastern Cape<br />

Free State<br />

Gauteng<br />

KwaZulu-Natal<br />

Limpopo<br />

Mpumalanga<br />

North West<br />

Northern Cape<br />

Western Cape<br />

Growth % 1996 to<br />

2001<br />

-10.0% -5.0% 0.0% 5.0% 10.0% 15.0% 20.0% 25.0%<br />

There are certain difficulties associated with making comparisons between the 1996 and 2001<br />

Censuses. Prior to the release <strong>of</strong> the 2001 Census data for the Eastern Cape for example,<br />

Statistics South Africa estimated the provincial population at 6.978 million, which is<br />

considerably higher than the 2001 Census figure <strong>of</strong> 6.43 million. The Bureau <strong>of</strong> Market<br />

Research released a similar estimate <strong>of</strong> the population <strong>of</strong> the province in 2001, placing it at<br />

6.976, and stated that the original Census figure for 1996 was an undercount. Both <strong>of</strong> these<br />

estimates differ markedly from the actual 2001 Census figure released for the province which<br />

was 6.4 million - in the region <strong>of</strong> ½ million less people than previously estimated. The<br />

calculation <strong>of</strong> sub-provincial population growth estimates is thus problematic – which<br />

estimates does one use? For the purposes <strong>of</strong> this report a direct comparison will be made<br />

between the two sets <strong>of</strong> Census data and not the interim population estimates described<br />

above. This means that one is comparing two actual population censuses, notwithstanding<br />

the disputes concerning whether the figures were accurate or not.<br />

In order to derive the 1996 Census population figures for the new (post 2001) <strong>Education</strong><br />

Districts, a two-stage process was followed. Firstly, new <strong>Education</strong> District boundaries were<br />

overlain on the 18 276 Enumerator Area boundaries that existed in the 1996 Census. A code<br />

was then assigned to each enumerator area to identify the <strong>Education</strong> District that it fell within.<br />

This was then used as the basis for creating population figures for <strong>Education</strong> Districts from<br />

the 1996 Census.<br />

The 2001 figures were derived by assigning codes to the Municipalities, Wards and place<br />

names described in Table 27 that fell within each <strong>Education</strong> District.<br />

The estimated distribution <strong>of</strong> total population by education district for the period 1996 and<br />

2001 is shown in the table below<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 2005-06 to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (3) 2006 Page 59 Page 55


Table 10: Distribution <strong>of</strong> Total Population by <strong>Education</strong> Districts as indicated by the 1996 & 2001<br />

Census<br />

District 1996 2001 % Growth 1996 - 2001<br />

Bizana 235 520 245 419 4.2%<br />

Butterworth 288 660 287 770 -0.3%<br />

C<strong>of</strong>imvaba 207 432 194 245 -6.4%<br />

Cradock 92 972 92 916 -0.1%<br />

East London 540 188 562 111 4.1%<br />

Ngcobo 199 218 202 422 1.6%<br />

Fort Beaufort 167 871 153 478 -8.6%<br />

Graaff-Reinet 109 711 109 146 -0.5%<br />

Grahamstown 123 637 130 021 5.2%<br />

Dutywa 243 744 253 379 4.0%<br />

King William's Town 413 410 407 532 -1.4%<br />

Lady Frere 125 243 115 935 -7.4%<br />

Libode 407 298 427 397 4.9%<br />

Lusikisiki 369 517 391 766 6.0%<br />

Maluti 164 751 147 104 -10.7%<br />

Mt Fletcher 134 635 137 581 2.2%<br />

Mt Frere 214 006 228 999 7.0%<br />

Port Elizabeth 769 639 799 821 3.9%<br />

Queenstown 198 169 204 784 3.3%<br />

Qumbu 194 392 196 674 1.2%<br />

Sterkspruit 191 999 203 775 6.1%<br />

Uitenhage 336 062 355 024 5.6%<br />

Mthatha 394 626 415 227 5.2%<br />

Umzimkulu 162 155 174 339 7.5%<br />

Table 10 shows that the district with the highest population in 2001 was Port Elizabeth with<br />

799 821, followed by East London with 562 111 and Libode with 427 397. A total <strong>of</strong> nine<br />

districts had a population <strong>of</strong> more than 250 000 in 2001. The smallest district in the Eastern<br />

Cape in terms <strong>of</strong> population is Cradock, with 92 916. Other small districts, with less than 150<br />

000 people, are Graaff-Reinet, Lady Frere, Grahamstown, Mt Fletcher and Maluti.<br />

Although Port Elizabeth and East London districts include the two largest urban centres, they<br />

still only account for 21% <strong>of</strong> the population in the province. There are sizable populations<br />

elsewhere, such as Mthatha, Libode and Lusikisiki, all <strong>of</strong> which lie in the north-eastern <strong>part</strong> <strong>of</strong><br />

the province.<br />

Table 10 also shows population growth that occurred between the two censuses by district for<br />

the period 1996 to 2001. This is an important indicator <strong>of</strong> future demand for schooling and<br />

points to the need for new school construction and, in cases <strong>of</strong> population decline, for<br />

rationalization. The education district with the highest rate <strong>of</strong> population growth during the<br />

period was Umzimkulu, which experienced a growth rate <strong>of</strong> 7.5% (from 162 155 in 1996 to<br />

174 339 in 2001). Other high growth districts for this period were Mt Frere, Sterkspruit,<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10. March 2006 Page 60<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (3) Page 56<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information


Lusikisiki and Uitenhage. A total <strong>of</strong> sixteen districts experienced a positive population growth<br />

from 1996 to 2001 and eight a population decline. The most severe population decrease was<br />

in Maluti district, where the population decreased by 10% during the period.<br />

It is important to note that many <strong>of</strong> the identified high-growth districts are located in more<br />

peripheral <strong>part</strong>s <strong>of</strong> the province, which traditionally have been under-served in terms <strong>of</strong><br />

education. Many are facing severe physical infrastructure backlogs and this presents<br />

additional challenges for the De<strong>part</strong>ment if a legacy <strong>of</strong> poor provision is coincident with rising<br />

demand for education due to population growth. Settlement patterns in these areas can <strong>of</strong>ten<br />

be characterized as dense rural subsistence and peri-urban and population is less likely to be<br />

clustered around formal towns, which presents special challenges for education delivery.<br />

The ongoing challenge in these areas is to improve access to schooling, more especially to<br />

secondary and further education and training facilities for the high number <strong>of</strong> non-urban<br />

dwellers.<br />

It should be noted that Port Elizabeth, East London and Mthatha all experienced population<br />

growth <strong>of</strong> 4% or more, so demand for education in the main urban centres is likely to remain<br />

buoyant.<br />

Graph 2 below compares districts graphically, showing the share <strong>of</strong> total provincial population<br />

for the 2001 Census that was accounted for by each district.<br />

Port Elizabeth and East London districts account for the highest shares, followed by Libode<br />

and King William’s Town.<br />

Graph 2: Distribution <strong>of</strong> Total Provincial Population by <strong>Education</strong> District - Census 2001<br />

Bizana<br />

Butterworth<br />

C<strong>of</strong>imvaba<br />

Cradock<br />

East London<br />

Ngcobo<br />

Fort Beaufort<br />

Graaff-Reinet<br />

Grahamstown<br />

Dutywa<br />

King William's<br />

Lady Frere<br />

Libode<br />

Lusikisiki<br />

Maluti<br />

Mt Fletcher<br />

Mt Frere<br />

Port Elizabeth<br />

Queenstown<br />

Qumbu<br />

Sterkspruit<br />

Uitenhage<br />

Mthata<br />

Umzimkulu<br />

0.0% 2.0% 4.0% 6.0% 8.0% 10.0% 12.0% 14.0%<br />

% Share <strong>of</strong> Provincial Population, 2001<br />

Map 2 illustrates the population density distribution in the province, based on the 2001 Census.<br />

The map shows average densities by <strong>Education</strong> District and by Ward in order to give a more<br />

refined picture <strong>of</strong> within-district variations.<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 2005-06 to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (3) 2006 Page 61 Page 57


The map shows that the highest average population densities are to be found in the districts <strong>of</strong><br />

Port Elizabeth (302 per sq km) and East London (156 per sq km) followed by Mthatha and<br />

Libode. The districts <strong>of</strong> Libode, Bizana and Lusikisiki, which are located in the former Transkei,<br />

all have population densities in excess <strong>of</strong> 100 people per square kilometer. This is <strong>part</strong>icularly<br />

high given that there are no large established urban centres in these districts and is indicative<br />

<strong>of</strong> the dense rural and peri-urban settlement referred to earlier.<br />

Graaff-Reinet has the lowest population density at just 3 people per square kilometer, followed<br />

by Cradock with 5 and Sterkspruit with 10.<br />

The ward-based population density map reveals that population densities vary considerably<br />

within districts. Large <strong>part</strong>s <strong>of</strong> Port Elizabeth District for example are fairly sparsely populated,<br />

notably the eastern portion that includes <strong>part</strong> <strong>of</strong> Sundays River Valley Municipality. Equally,<br />

East London and Mthatha Districts are not uniformly settled. In the case <strong>of</strong> East London<br />

District, Mdantsane and the city <strong>of</strong> East London account for the most densely settled areas. In<br />

Mthatha district, the highest densities are closely associated with the capital city. Many <strong>of</strong> the<br />

north eastern districts are settled at densities which consistently exceed 100 people per square<br />

kilometer.<br />

13.3.2 Population <strong>of</strong> School-going Age (7 – 18 years)<br />

The Eastern Cape has one <strong>of</strong> the most ‘youthful’ populations <strong>of</strong> all the provinces. Nearly half<br />

<strong>of</strong> its population (47%) are below the age <strong>of</strong> 19 (see Graph 3 below). Only Limpopo province<br />

has a higher proportion <strong>of</strong> young people with 50% below age 19. By way <strong>of</strong> comparison this<br />

figure is only 30% in Gauteng. This means that the tax base in the Eastern Cape and<br />

Limpopo provinces will be far lower by comparison, and that each employed person is likely to<br />

have many more dependents. It also means that the demand for education will remain high –<br />

in the case <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape, 15% <strong>of</strong> the population had yet to enter school in 2001.<br />

Graph 3: Distribution <strong>of</strong> Population by Age Group in the Eastern Cape - 2001 Census<br />

19 to 64<br />

47%<br />

65+<br />

6%<br />

0 to 6<br />

15%<br />

7 to 18<br />

32%<br />

The South African Schools Act acknowledges the constitutional rights <strong>of</strong> children to basic<br />

education. The Act requires the compulsory attendance at school <strong>of</strong> learners from the age <strong>of</strong><br />

7 years to the age <strong>of</strong> 15 years or reaching the ninth grade. Each Provincial Member <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Executive council has to ensure that there are enough places in schools for the learners who<br />

meet these criteria.<br />

Demographic studies typically view 7-18 year olds as the school-going population. Of the total<br />

population <strong>of</strong> the Eastern Cape in the 2001 Census, 32%, or 2 057 691, are found within this<br />

age group. Graph 3 shows the distribution <strong>of</strong> the 7–18 year old age group. Graph 2 indicates<br />

the geographical distribution <strong>of</strong> the school going population. The district with the highest<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10. March 2006 Page 62<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (3) Page 58<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information


number <strong>of</strong> 7–18 year olds is Port Elizabeth with 185 302, followed by Libode with 159 824 and<br />

Mthatha, with 144 364. The districts with the least number are Cradock, with 27 475 and<br />

Graaff-Reinet with 29 227.<br />

Note that even though East London has the second highest total population in the Eastern<br />

Cape, it only has the fourth highest number <strong>of</strong> 7-18 year olds (behind Port Elizabeth, Libode<br />

and Mthatha), which indicates that its population structure is different (i.e. older). There are<br />

proportionally more people <strong>of</strong> working age (19-64) in this district (59% compared to just 39%<br />

in Libode).<br />

An alternative way <strong>of</strong> looking at the school-going population is in terms <strong>of</strong> what proportion <strong>of</strong><br />

the total district population they represent (see Table 10). Districts with relatively high<br />

proportions <strong>of</strong> 7-18 year olds indicate growing demand for education and future pressure on<br />

existing school facilities. They also indicate areas with high numbers <strong>of</strong> dependents.<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 2005/06 to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (3) 2006 Page 63Page<br />

59


Map 1: Population Density Distribution in the Province based on the 2001 Census data<br />

Legend<br />

Umzimkulu<br />

Maluti<br />

Mt Frere<br />

Mt Fletcher<br />

Bizana<br />

Lusikisiki<br />

Sterkspruit<br />

<strong>Education</strong> Districts<br />

Socio-economic deprivation, 2001<br />

0.052 - 0.175 (least poor)<br />

0.175 - 0.436<br />

0.436 - 0.728<br />

0.728 - 0.862<br />

0.862 - 0.972 (most poor)<br />

Qumbu<br />

Engcobo<br />

Libode<br />

Lady Frere<br />

Umtata<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10. March 2006 Page 64<br />

C<strong>of</strong>imvaba<br />

N<br />

Cradock<br />

Queenstown<br />

Idutywa<br />

Butterworth<br />

King Williams<br />

Town<br />

East London<br />

Fort Beaufort<br />

Graaff-Reinet<br />

Limpopo Province<br />

Gauteng<br />

Grahamstown<br />

Mpumalanga<br />

#<br />

North West<br />

Port Elizabeth<br />

Uitenhage<br />

KwaZ ulu-<br />

Natal<br />

Free State<br />

Northern Cape<br />

Eastern<br />

Cape<br />

Western Cape<br />

Data Source: 2001 Census, Statistics South Africa<br />

(Functional Literacy, Per Capita Income and % Households<br />

with Electricity)<br />

20 0 20 40 Kilometers<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (3) Page 60<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information


The districts with the highest proportion <strong>of</strong> 7-18 year olds are C<strong>of</strong>imvaba, Bizana and Lady<br />

Frere, all with in excess in 38%. Typically, higher proportions are found in rural areas, which<br />

may be a function <strong>of</strong> rural-urban migration <strong>of</strong> the working age population in search <strong>of</strong><br />

employment. Note that the districts with established urban centres such as East London, Port<br />

Elizabeth and Uitenhage all have much lower proportions <strong>of</strong> 7-18 year olds, being lower than<br />

25%.<br />

This point is illustrated by the graph 4 below, which shows the comparative age structure in<br />

two very different districts demographically, Port Elizabeth and C<strong>of</strong>imvaba. They are at<br />

opposite ends <strong>of</strong> the district spectrum in terms <strong>of</strong> the relative age distribution <strong>of</strong> their<br />

populations.<br />

Graph 4: Comparative Population Distribution by Age Band in Two Selected Districts<br />

Percentage <strong>of</strong> total<br />

70%<br />

60%<br />

50%<br />

40%<br />

30%<br />

20%<br />

10%<br />

0%<br />

0 to 6 %<br />

7 to 18 %<br />

19 to 64 %<br />

65+ %<br />

C<strong>of</strong>imvaba Port Elizabeth<br />

Table 11: Distribution <strong>of</strong> Total Population per age group by <strong>Education</strong> District indicated by 1996 & 2001<br />

Census<br />

District Total Population aged 7-18, 1996 Total Population aged 7-18, 2001<br />

% <strong>of</strong> Total<br />

population<br />

aged 7-18,<br />

2001<br />

Bizana 83 468 92 999 38%<br />

Butterworth 101 192 104 111 36%<br />

C<strong>of</strong>imvaba 77 959 74 838 39%<br />

Cradock 27 714 27 475 30%<br />

East London 134 018 139 771 25%<br />

Ngcobo 71 951 75 672 37%<br />

Fort Beaufort 50 690 45 181 29%<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 2005/06 to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (3) 2006 Page 65Page<br />

61


District Total Population aged 7-18, 1996 Total Population aged 7-18, 2001<br />

% <strong>of</strong> Total<br />

population<br />

aged 7-18,<br />

2001<br />

Graaff-Reinet 31 605 29 227 27%<br />

Grahamstown 31 070 32 351 25%<br />

Dutywa 86 421 94 026 37%<br />

King Williams Town 127 742 122 661 30%<br />

Lady Frere 47 505 43 719 38%<br />

Libode 140 424 159 824 37%<br />

Lusikisiki 125 537 143 811 37%<br />

Maluti 58 580 53 203 36%<br />

Mt Fletcher 49 486 51 021 37%<br />

Mt Frere 76 287 84 640 37%<br />

Port Elizabeth 175 990 185 302 23%<br />

Queenstown 60 379 63 064 31%<br />

Qumbu 69 066 73 625 37%<br />

Sterkspruit 65 868 66 917 33%<br />

Uitenhage 81 990 84 979 24%<br />

Mthatha 129 593 144 364 35%<br />

Umzimkulu 56 003 64 910 37%<br />

Total 1 960 538 2 057 691 32%<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10. March 2006 Page 66<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (3) Page 62<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information


Map 2: Map Average 2: Average Population Population Density Density Distribution Distribution per <strong>Education</strong> per <strong>Education</strong> District District<br />

Legend Legend<br />

Umzimkulu Umzimkulu<br />

Maluti<br />

Maluti<br />

Mt Frere<br />

Mt Frere<br />

Mt Fletcher Mt Fletcher<br />

Bizana<br />

Bizana<br />

Sterkspruit Sterkspruit<br />

Lusikisiki<br />

Lusikisiki<br />

Qumbu<br />

<strong>Education</strong> <strong>Education</strong> Districts Districts<br />

Population Population aged 7 to aged 18 (2001 7 to 18 Census) (2001 Census)<br />

27475 - 27475 50 000-<br />

50 000<br />

50 000 50 - 70 000 000-<br />

70 000<br />

70 000 70 - 90 000 000-<br />

90 000<br />

90 000 90 - 110 000 000 - 110 000<br />

110 000 110 - 195 000 000 - 195 000<br />

Qumbu<br />

Engcobo<br />

Engcobo<br />

Lady FrereLady<br />

Frere<br />

Libode<br />

Libode<br />

Umtata<br />

Umtata<br />

C<strong>of</strong>imvaba C<strong>of</strong>imvaba<br />

Queenstown Queenstown<br />

Cradock<br />

Cradock<br />

N<br />

N<br />

Idutywa<br />

Idutywa<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10 March 2006 Page 67<br />

Butterworth Butterworth<br />

King Williams King Williams<br />

Town Town<br />

East London East London<br />

Fort Beaufort Fort Beaufort<br />

Graaff-Reinet Graaff-Reinet<br />

Limpopo Province Limpopo Province<br />

Gauteng<br />

Gauteng<br />

Grahamstown Grahamstown<br />

Mpumalanga<br />

Mpumalanga<br />

#<br />

#<br />

North West<br />

North West<br />

Port Elizabeth Port Elizabeth<br />

Uitenhage Uitenhage<br />

KwaZ ulu-<br />

Natal<br />

Free KwaZ Stateulu-<br />

Natal<br />

Free State<br />

Northern Cape<br />

Northern Cape<br />

Eastern<br />

Cape Cape<br />

Eastern<br />

Cape Cape<br />

Western Cape<br />

Western Cape<br />

20 0 20 40 0 20 Kilometers 40 Kilometers<br />

Data Sources: Data Sources: 2001 Census, 2001 Census, Statistics Statistics South Africa South Africa<br />

5 Year ECDoE 5 Year Strategic ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. to 2009-10. 21 F (3) 21 F (3) Page 63 Page 63


When comparing the school-age population (Graph 5:7-18 age group) with the actual<br />

learner enrolment recorded in the Annual Survey, a pattern emerges for the period 1995<br />

to 2001 that was reversed in 2002. School enrolment for the seven-year period 1995 to<br />

2001 was consistently higher than the equivalent school-aged population. This normally<br />

indicates that a proportion <strong>of</strong> the learner enrolment is either over-aged or under-aged<br />

and probably both. In 2002 however, the reported enrolment in the Annual Survey was<br />

slightly below the total population aged 7 to 18. This will be investigated further in the<br />

section dealing with indicators.<br />

Graph 5: School Age Population Aged 7-10 Years compared with reported Learner Enrolment for<br />

the Period 1995-2002<br />

2500000<br />

2000000<br />

1500000<br />

1000000<br />

500000<br />

0<br />

1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002<br />

School Age Population Learner Enrolment<br />

13.4 Socio-economic Deprivation in Eastern Cape Communities<br />

Since communities play a vital <strong>part</strong> in supporting the provision <strong>of</strong> education, it is<br />

important to review the socio-economic environment in which those communities exist.<br />

In order to undertake a comparison, a socio-economic deprivation index has been<br />

calculated for education districts by combining various social and economic criteria from<br />

the 2001 Census.<br />

The following criteria were used to create the index:<br />

� Functional Literacy - percentage <strong>of</strong> the adult population that has attained at least<br />

Grade 6 schooling, divided by the total number <strong>of</strong> adults (age 20 and above) See<br />

Map 4 on page 80.<br />

� Per Capita Income - total annual income divided by the total population<br />

� Percentage <strong>of</strong> households with electricity (supplied by Eskom or a local municipality)<br />

Each criterion was ranked from worst to best, given equal weight and combined into a<br />

single standardized index ranging from 1 (most poor) to 0 (least poor). It is important to<br />

note that the score measures relative rather than absolute disadvantage within the<br />

Eastern Cape, and compares the performance <strong>of</strong> districts to one another and not to a<br />

defined national benchmark.<br />

<strong>Education</strong> districts with the highest score, or those identified to be the most<br />

disadvantaged in terms <strong>of</strong> the criteria used, are typically characterized by:<br />

� High unemployment<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10. March 2006 Page 68<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (4) Page 64<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information


� Large numbers <strong>of</strong> dependents<br />

� Low levels <strong>of</strong> literacy<br />

� Small proportions <strong>of</strong> the population with tertiary education<br />

� Low levels <strong>of</strong> basic household services such as electricity and piped water<br />

Using this index the most disadvantaged district (see Graph 6) in the Eastern Cape was<br />

Lusikisiki with a score <strong>of</strong> 0.972, followed closely by Dutywa with 0.970 and Bizana with<br />

0.908. Other districts with high relative deprivation index scores were Mt Fletcher,<br />

Libode and Maluti, all <strong>of</strong> which have high proportions <strong>of</strong> 7-18 year olds in relation to their<br />

total populations, and hence many dependents. Poorer districts such as these should be<br />

targeted for greater development assistance and school support.<br />

At the other end <strong>of</strong> the spectrum are the districts <strong>of</strong> Port Elizabeth, Uitenhage, East<br />

London and Grahamstown, which, in comparative terms have much lower deprivation<br />

index scores and could be considered better <strong>of</strong>f. It should however be noted that the<br />

Eastern Cape as a whole is one <strong>of</strong> the poorest provinces in South Africa.<br />

The main winners and losers are shown in Table 29 and 30. The tables show that<br />

Umzimkulu District has improved its overall ranking the most, followed by Libode and<br />

Cradock. In relative provincial terms, these districts improved socio-economically during<br />

the period 1996 to 2001. By contrast, the districts <strong>of</strong> Queenstown and Maluti<br />

experienced a relative decline. In 1996, Queenstown was ranked 20 th in terms <strong>of</strong> district<br />

poverty but by 2001, it had worsened to 16 th position. Similarly, Maluti went from 9 th most<br />

poor to 6 th during the 5-year period. Seven districts remained in the same relative<br />

position.<br />

Graph 6: Comparative Socio-Economic Deprivation by District<br />

Bizana<br />

Butter wor th<br />

C<strong>of</strong> imvaba<br />

Cr adock<br />

East London<br />

Ngcobo<br />

For t Beauf or t<br />

Gr aaf f -Reinet<br />

Gr ahamstown<br />

Dutywa<br />

King Williams Town<br />

Lady Fr er e<br />

Libode<br />

Lusikisiki<br />

Maluti<br />

Mt Fletcher<br />

Mt Fr er e<br />

Por t Elizabeth<br />

Queenstown<br />

Qumbu<br />

Ster kspr uit<br />

Uitenhage<br />

Mthatha<br />

Umzimkulu<br />

Comparative Soc io-Ec onomic Deprivation by District, 2001 Census<br />

0.000 0.200 0.400 0.600 0.800 1.000<br />

0 = Least Po o r, 1 = M o st Po o r<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 2005/06 to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (4) 2006 Page 65 Page 69


Table 12: Socio-economic Deprivation Index 1996 and 2001 - Main Winners (relatively better <strong>of</strong>f)<br />

District Poverty Index<br />

1996<br />

Relative Rank<br />

1996<br />

Poverty Index in<br />

2001<br />

Relative Rank<br />

2001<br />

Rank<br />

Improvement<br />

Umzimkulu 0.857 8 0.804 12 4<br />

Libode 0.973 2 0.886 5 3<br />

Cradock 0.497 18 0.374 20 2<br />

C<strong>of</strong>imvaba 0.876 6 0.860 7 1<br />

East London 0.270 21 0.267 22 1<br />

Ngcobo 0.874 7 0.848 8 1<br />

Fort Beaufort 0.606 16 0.423 17 1<br />

King Williams Town 0.560 17 0.411 18 1<br />

Note that in the poverty index a rank <strong>of</strong> 1 was assigned to the poorest district and a rank <strong>of</strong> 24 to the least poor<br />

Table 13: Socio-economic Deprivation Index 1996 and 2001. Main Losers (relatively worse)<br />

District Poverty Index<br />

1996<br />

Relative Rank<br />

1996<br />

Poverty Index in<br />

2001<br />

Relative Rank<br />

2001<br />

Rank<br />

Decline<br />

Queenstown 0.389 20 0.436 16 -4<br />

Maluti 0.848 9 0.862 6 -3<br />

Bizana 0.952 4 0.908 3 -1<br />

Grahamstown 0.248 22 0.290 21 -1<br />

Dutywa 0.966 3 0.970 2 -1<br />

Lady Frere 0.824 11 0.810 10 -1<br />

Mt Fletcher 0.882 5 0.898 4 -1<br />

Mt Frere 0.794 12 0.809 11 -1<br />

Qumbu 0.837 10 0.831 9 -1<br />

* An identical poverty index was created in an earlier report using the 1996 Census 1 , so it is possible to identify districts that have<br />

improved in terms <strong>of</strong> their overall provincial poverty ranking and those that have declined.<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10. March 2006 Page 70<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (4) Page 66<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information


Map 3: Socio-Economic Deprivation in the Eastern Cape by <strong>Education</strong> District - Census 2001<br />

Legend<br />

Umzimkulu<br />

Maluti<br />

Mt Frere<br />

Mt Fletcher<br />

Bizana<br />

Lusikisiki<br />

Sterkspruit<br />

<strong>Education</strong> Districts<br />

Socio-economic deprivation, 2001<br />

0.052 - 0.175 (least poor)<br />

0.175 - 0.436<br />

0.436 - 0.728<br />

0.728 - 0.862<br />

0.862 - 0.972 (most poor)<br />

Qumbu<br />

Engcobo<br />

Libode<br />

Lady Frere<br />

Umtata<br />

C<strong>of</strong>im vaba<br />

N<br />

Cradock<br />

Queenstown<br />

Idutywa<br />

Butterworth<br />

King W illiams<br />

Town<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10 March 2006 Page 71<br />

East London<br />

Fort Beaufort<br />

Graaff-Reinet<br />

Limp opo P ro vince<br />

Gaute ng<br />

Graham stown<br />

Mpumalang a<br />

#<br />

No rth We st<br />

Port Elizabeth<br />

Uitenhage<br />

KwaZ ulu -<br />

Natal<br />

Fre e State<br />

No rthern Cape<br />

Eastern<br />

Cape<br />

Western Cape<br />

Data Source: 2001 Census, Statistics South Africa<br />

(Functional Literacy, Per Capita Income and % Households<br />

with Electricity)<br />

20 0 20 40 Kilometers<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (4) Page 67


13.4.1 Employment, Income and other Relevant Information<br />

Of the 79 432 employees in the De<strong>part</strong>ment, nearly 90% are classified as pr<strong>of</strong>essional,<br />

being teaching staff, followed by 5.78% elementary occupations, mainly general<br />

workers, and only just over 3% clerical. Managers make up 0.10% and the balance are<br />

technical (0.66%), sales and services (0.43%) and operators (0.07%) as detailed below.<br />

Table 14: Occupational Categories<br />

Types <strong>of</strong> Occupation Number Percent <strong>of</strong> total<br />

Managers 83 0.10%<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>essionals 71 446 89.94%<br />

Technical 526 0.66%<br />

Clerical 2403 3.02%<br />

Sales and services 341 0.43%<br />

Operators 59 0.07%<br />

Elementary occupations 4 574 5.78%<br />

Total 79 432 100.00%<br />

Over 67% <strong>of</strong> staff in the De<strong>part</strong>ment earn incomes between R6 000 and R11 000 per<br />

month, based on an analysis <strong>of</strong> the Persal system data as shown below.<br />

Table 15: Income Distribution<br />

Income per month Percent <strong>of</strong> total<br />

None<br />

R1 – R500 0%<br />

R501 - R1000 0%<br />

R1001 - R2500 0%<br />

R2501 - R6000 18.91%<br />

R6001 -R11000 67.57%<br />

> R11001 13.52%<br />

Unspecified 0%<br />

Total 100.00%<br />

13.5 Situation Analysis <strong>of</strong> the System as a Whole Institutional Landscape<br />

Table 16: Number <strong>of</strong> Institutions and Centres<br />

Numbers <strong>of</strong> institutions and centres Public Independent Total<br />

Number <strong>of</strong> ordinary schools<br />

- <strong>of</strong> which are primary schools<br />

- <strong>of</strong> which are secondary schools<br />

- <strong>of</strong> which are combined schools<br />

Number <strong>of</strong> special schools<br />

Number <strong>of</strong> technical colleges<br />

6,026 109 6,135<br />

2,593 44 2,637<br />

880 26 906<br />

2,553 39 2,592<br />

42 0 42<br />

8 0 8<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10. March 2006 Page 72<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 68<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information


Numbers <strong>of</strong> institutions and centres Public Independent Total<br />

Number <strong>of</strong> ABET centres 309 0 309<br />

Table17: Number <strong>of</strong> Learners<br />

Numbers Learners Public Independent<br />

subsidised<br />

Total<br />

In ordinary schools 2,184,103 27,126 2,211,229<br />

in grade 0/pre-primary level 104,929 2,027 106,956<br />

in primary level (grades 1 to 7) 1,429,222 12,928 1,442,150<br />

in secondary level (grades 8 to 12) 642,622 12,079 654,701<br />

in special or other grades<br />

In special schools (February 2005)<br />

7,466 14 7,480<br />

9,072 0 9,072<br />

In technical colleges (2004) - headcount 64,641 0 64,641<br />

In ABET centres (2004) - headcount 45,783 0 45,783<br />

Table 18: Number <strong>of</strong> Educators (including SGB paid)<br />

Numbers <strong>of</strong> educators<br />

Public<br />

(including SGB paid) State Pd SGB Pd<br />

Indep subs<br />

(Feb 05)<br />

In ordinary schools<br />

62,765 3,050 927 66,742<br />

<strong>of</strong> which primary schools 18,445 919 111 19,475<br />

<strong>of</strong> which secondary schools 13,850 644 172 14,666<br />

<strong>of</strong> which combined schools 30,470 813 644 31,927<br />

In special schools<br />

842 27 0 869<br />

In technical colleges (2000) 845 0 0 845<br />

In ABET centres (2004) 911 0 0 911<br />

* Source: EMIS December 2005<br />

13.6 Demographic Pressures and Access issues<br />

Table 19: Enrolment and Population Statistics<br />

Programme Enrolment % <strong>of</strong> population<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 2005-06 to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (4)Page 2006 69<br />

Page 73<br />

Total<br />

Aged 6-14 Total Of age 6-14 Of total<br />

2. Public ordinary school education<br />

85.42% <strong>of</strong><br />

2.1 Public primary phase<br />

Total Grades 1 to 7 1271901 1374884<br />

Learners<br />

6 = -<br />

14 are at<br />

2.2 Public secondary phase<br />

school<br />

Total Grades 8 to 12<br />

3. Independent school subsidies<br />

101942 591301<br />

4. Public special school education 1324 8087<br />

Total for all schools 1,375,167 1,974,272


13.7 <strong>Education</strong> Pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> People in the Province<br />

Table 20: Educator Post Declaration (2005)<br />

Programmes/Purpose <strong>of</strong> posts Posts PL1 Posts PL2 Posts PL3 Posts PL4 Total<br />

Posts top-sliced before model is run 100 0 0 0 100<br />

Posts distributed by model 48,992 8,199 5,552 750 63,493<br />

2. Public ordinary school education 47,599 8,095 5,487 745 61,926<br />

2.1 Public primary schools 14,028 2,684 1,484 186 18,382<br />

Posts attached to schools 14,028 2,684 1,484 186 18,382<br />

Posts not attached to schools 0 0 0 0 0<br />

2.2 Public combined schools 23,392 3,746 2,902 308 30,348<br />

Posts attached to schools 23,392 3,746 2,902 308 30,348<br />

Posts not attached to schools 0 0 0 0 0<br />

2.3 Public secondary phase 10,179 1,665 1,101 251 13,196<br />

Posts attached to schools 10,179 1,665 1,101 251 13,196<br />

Posts not attached to schools 0 0 0 0 0<br />

3 Public special school education 668 104 65 5 842<br />

4 Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training 725 0 0 0 725<br />

TOTAL 49,092 8,199 5,552 750 63,593<br />

Table 21: Number <strong>of</strong> Employees 2005/06<br />

Programme Educators<br />

Public<br />

servants<br />

Other public<br />

employees<br />

Total<br />

employees<br />

1. Administration 3,823 3,823<br />

2. Public Ordinary School <strong>Education</strong><br />

2.1 Public Primary School 18,382 1,145 19,527<br />

2.2 Public Secondary School 43,544 2,042 45,586<br />

2.3 Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Services<br />

2.4 Human Resource Development<br />

2.6 Conditional Grants (on contract) - 3 31 34<br />

3. Independent School Subsidies 795 - - 795<br />

3.1 Primary Phase 591 - - 591<br />

3.2 Secondary Phase 204 - - 204<br />

4. Public Special Schools<br />

4.1 Schools 842 585 345 1,772<br />

4.3 Human Resource Development<br />

5. Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

5.1 Public Institutions<br />

5.4 Human Resource Development<br />

6. Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training 4,158 - 15 4,173<br />

6.1 Public Centres<br />

6.4 Human Resource Development 10 10<br />

7. Early Childhood Development<br />

7.1 Grade R in Public Schools 858 858<br />

7.2 Grade R in Community Centres NA<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10. March 2006 Page 74<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 70<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information


Programme Educators<br />

7.5 Human Resource Development<br />

8. Auxiliary and Associated Services<br />

8.2 Conditional Grants<br />

Public<br />

servants<br />

Other public<br />

employees<br />

Total<br />

employees<br />

8.4 External examinations 91 91<br />

Total for all programmes 69,374 7,699 391 77,464<br />

Footnotes<br />

Figures include all individuals employed at some point during the financial year being reported on. Each<br />

individual is only counted once, even if he or she is employed in more than one position during the<br />

year.<br />

13.8 Transfers to Institutions<br />

Table 22: Resourcing effected via the School Funding Norms 2005/06<br />

Programmes/ legal status/ poverty<br />

quintiles<br />

2. Public ordinary schooling education<br />

Schools<br />

Total<br />

expenditure<br />

Learners<br />

Expenditure<br />

per learner<br />

2.1 Public primary schools<br />

Non-Section 21 schools 2,090 59,094,580 463,522 127<br />

Quintile 1 (poorest) 299 15,432,303 63,410 243<br />

Quintile 2 372 12,718,828 67,760 188<br />

Quintile 3 500 11,288,339 77,784 145<br />

Quintile 4 699 12,496,517 123,245 101<br />

Quintile 5 (least poor) 220 7,158,594 131,323 55<br />

Section 21 schools 495 16,826,429 183,483 92<br />

Quintile 1 (poorest) 42 2,454,573 9,915 248<br />

Quintile 2 58 2,593,957 13,643 190<br />

Quintile 3 58 1,843,489 13,037 141<br />

Quintile 4 174 5,968,705 62,675 95<br />

Quintile 5 (least poor) 163 3,965,705 84,213 47<br />

TOTAL<br />

2.2 Public combined schools<br />

2,585 75,921,009 647,005 117<br />

Non-Section 21 schools 1,624 148,405,073 644,361 230<br />

Quintile 1 (poorest) 508 68,143,709 223,730 305<br />

Quintile 2 467 43,887,898 184,853 237<br />

Quintile 3 440 26,836,995 149,632 179<br />

Quintile 4 166 7,654,627 58,896 130<br />

Quintile 5 (least poor) 43 1,881,844 27,250 69<br />

Section 21 schools 929 96,904,428<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 2005/06 to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (4)Page 2006 71<br />

Page 75


13.9. Programme 2 - Public Ordinary School <strong>Education</strong><br />

13.9.1 Demographic pressures and access issues<br />

The following information refers to public ordinary, independent and special schools. It is<br />

nevertheless recommended that it appear in this section, considering that public ordinary<br />

schools form the bulk <strong>of</strong> the total.<br />

13.9.2 Learner Enrolment<br />

The number <strong>of</strong> learners in Public Ordinary Schools (POS) has decreased from<br />

2,357,220 in 1995 to 2,145,083 in 2004 - a decrease <strong>of</strong> 9.8% (see graph 8)<br />

A comparison <strong>of</strong> the age-grade enrolment data for the three years shows that in 2001,<br />

10 644 less learners enrolled in Grade 1 than in 2000. There was an even larger<br />

decrease in Grade 2, where 15 815 less learners were recorded. These two grades,<br />

together with Grade 12 showed the greatest decline in enrolment between 2000 and<br />

2001. Several grades indicated an increase, namely Grade 4, 6 and 8. Some <strong>of</strong> the<br />

Grade 1 losses were reversed during the period 2001 to 2002 (gain <strong>of</strong> 1 953 learners)<br />

but there was a big decrease in reported Grade 3 enrolment <strong>of</strong> –17 614 learners and<br />

Grade 8 <strong>of</strong> –12 989. It is not clear at this stage why there should be seemingly random<br />

gains and losses across grades from one year to the next. On the whole though, it is<br />

encouraging to note the relative stabilization <strong>of</strong> enrolment trends compared to previous<br />

years. One somewhat controversial view is that AIDS is having a debilitating effect on<br />

the school system, both in terms <strong>of</strong> higher drop-out rates due to increased numbers <strong>of</strong><br />

orphans and higher learner mortality.<br />

There is currently no systematic means in place for determining the effect <strong>of</strong> the AIDS<br />

pandemic on the school system. It may also be possible that population is decreasing<br />

due to natural factors such as improved family planning and rural-urban migration.<br />

Graph 7: Learner Enrolment in Public ordinary Schools (1995-2001)<br />

Enrolment<br />

Millions<br />

2.5<br />

2.4<br />

2.3<br />

2.2<br />

2.1<br />

2.0<br />

1.9<br />

1.8<br />

Eastern Cape De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong><br />

Public School Enrolment and Projections 1995 - 2007<br />

1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007<br />

Enrolment Excl Gr R 2,316,998 2,382,576 2,313,605 2,331,001 2,308,532 2,126,676 2,030,689 2,065,750 2,068,904 2,062,052 2,072,703 2,068,748 2,068,595<br />

Enrolment Incl Gr R 2,357,220 2,422,551 2,353,962 2,371,215 2,347,782 2,168,196 2,071,689 2,108,110 2,108,712 2,145,083 2,176,659 2,153,597 2,158,813<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10. March 2006 Page 76<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 72<br />

Years<br />

4 April 2005<br />

Enrolment Excl Gr R<br />

Enrolment Incl Gr R<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information


Graph 8: Learner Enrolment in Public Ordinary Schools by Grade (1995, 2004 and 2005)<br />

Enrolment<br />

Thousands<br />

500<br />

450<br />

400<br />

350<br />

300<br />

250<br />

200<br />

150<br />

100<br />

50<br />

0<br />

Learner Enrolment by Grade 1995,2004 & 2005<br />

Gr R G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7 G8 G9 G10 G11 G12<br />

Grades<br />

Table 23 indicates that the de<strong>part</strong>ment is achieving in terms <strong>of</strong> ensuring that there is<br />

access to education by learners in Eastern Cape. The gross enrolment ratio (GER) for<br />

the primary school sector and secondary school sector in 2003 was 118% and 72%<br />

respectively. The GER for primary schools exceeded 100% for all seven years from<br />

1996 to 2002. This is not surprising since it has already been established that there were<br />

large numbers <strong>of</strong> over- and under-age learners amongst the Grade 1 intake for primary<br />

schools for these years. The overall trend is downwards, which is a welcome<br />

improvement, <strong>part</strong>icularly if this has been caused by lower numbers <strong>of</strong> over-age<br />

learners.<br />

Table 23: Gross Enrolment Rate: 1996-2004<br />

Total<br />

Enrolment in<br />

Primary<br />

Phase -<br />

(Grades 1 - 7)<br />

Total<br />

Population<br />

aged<br />

7-13<br />

GER Primary<br />

Phase<br />

Total<br />

Enrolment in<br />

Sec. Phase<br />

(Grades 8 -<br />

12)<br />

1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2004<br />

1 743 251 1 378 783 1 611 988 1 645 443 1 510 748 1 482 474 1 451 670 1,374,884<br />

1 194 261 1 199 502 1 204 766 1 210 053 1 215 363 1 220 697 1 226 054 1,257,721<br />

146% 115% 134% 136% 124% 121% 118% 109%<br />

629 140 521 691 635 672 653 903 611 882 610 780 610 344 591,301<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 2005-06 to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (4)Page 2006 73<br />

Page 77<br />

1995<br />

2004<br />

2005


Total<br />

Population<br />

aged 14-18<br />

GER<br />

Secondary<br />

Phase<br />

Total<br />

Enrolment<br />

(Grades 1 to<br />

12)<br />

Total<br />

Population<br />

aged<br />

17-18<br />

GER Primary<br />

and Sec.<br />

Phases<br />

1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2004<br />

771 899 784 485 797 276 810 276 823 488 836 915 850 561 892,697<br />

82% 67% 80% 81% 74% 73% 72% 66%<br />

2 406 712 1 927 313 2 274 559 2 323 882 2 146 052 2 093 254 2 062 014 1,966,185<br />

1 966 160 1 984 119 2 002 243 2 020 532 2 038 987 2 057 612 2 076 407 2,150,417<br />

122% 97% 114% 115% 105% 102% 99% 91%<br />

What is also evident from the age-grade matrices is that the problem <strong>of</strong> over- and underage<br />

learners continues throughout the primary school grades, and is compounded by<br />

high repetition rates. In 2002, for example, nearly 20% <strong>of</strong> all learners in primary schools<br />

were either less than age seven or over age 13.<br />

The drop in the primary school GER for 2001 and 2002 to 121% and 118% is a positive<br />

development and indicates a higher percentage <strong>of</strong> appropriately aged pupils in primary<br />

schools. This was driven by a decline in primary phase enrolment between 2000, 2001<br />

and 2002 against only slight population increases for 7-13 year olds during the same<br />

period.<br />

Although there are more children in Grades 1 to 7 than there are 7-13 year olds in the<br />

population (due to over/under age -enrolment), this situation is reversed for secondary<br />

schools. The GER for secondary schools was in the low eighties at 82%, 80% and 81%<br />

for 1996, 1998 and 1999, before dropping and stabilising at 74%, 73% and 72% in 2000,<br />

2001 and 2002.<br />

A GER <strong>of</strong> less than 100% is generally indicative <strong>of</strong> under-enrolment unless large<br />

numbers <strong>of</strong> learners were able to complete the secondary school phase before they<br />

reach age 18, which is unlikely to be a factor in the Eastern Cape.<br />

The GER measures the capacity <strong>of</strong> schools to accommodate the population <strong>of</strong> the<br />

relevant school-going age. It is defined as the proportion <strong>of</strong> learners in a <strong>part</strong>icular grade<br />

or phase, divided by the population <strong>of</strong> the corresponding school-going age and then<br />

expressed as a percentage. The GER includes over-aged and under-aged learners.<br />

13.9.3 Repetition Rate:<br />

The Repetition Rate measures the extent to which learners repeat grades and is<br />

calculated by dividing the number <strong>of</strong> learners who are repeating a specific grade by the<br />

enrolment for that grade in the previous year. High repetition rates give rise to a number<br />

<strong>of</strong> problems, most notable <strong>of</strong> which is increased class sizes. A repetition rate <strong>of</strong> 20% for<br />

a class <strong>of</strong> 48 learners means for example that there are 8 extra learners in the class who<br />

are repeating the grade. Once learners repeat grades more than once, the problem <strong>of</strong><br />

over-aged learners compounds difficulties.<br />

Table 24 shows that the repetition rates for grade 1 to 12 are 12% in 2001, 12,3% in<br />

2002, and 9% in 2003. The repetition rates per grade for the years 2001 to 2003 show a<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10. March 2006 Page 78<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 74<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information


decreasing trend. For all the years shown, the minimum repetition rate is to be found<br />

around grade 7 peaking in grades 10 and 11.<br />

The average repetition rate for all grades was 11% in both 1999 and 2000 and rose to<br />

12% in 2001 and 2002. The average rate has however started to decline in 2003 and is<br />

currently standing at 9%. In the Primary phase in 2002 Grades 1 and 4 had the highest<br />

repetition rates at 10%. In the secondary phase repetition rates were considerably higher<br />

and tended to peak in the higher grades, <strong>part</strong>icularly Grades 10 and 11. In 2002, one<br />

fifth <strong>of</strong> learners in Grades 10 and 11 repeated these grades. By Grade 12 the figure had<br />

dropped slightly to 16%.<br />

Table 24: Repetition Rate by Grade<br />

1998* 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 #<br />

G1 13% 10% 9% 10% 10% 7% N/A<br />

G2 12% 10% 8% 9% 9% 6% N/A<br />

G3 12% 10% 10% 10% 9% 6% N/A<br />

G4 13% 11% 11% 12% 10% 7% N/A<br />

G5 12% 10% 9% 10% 9% 6% N/A<br />

G6 10% 9% 8% 8% 7% 5% N/A<br />

G7 10% 9% 8% 7% 6% 5% N/A<br />

G8 16% 13% 13% 14% 8% 8% N/A<br />

G9 15% 12% 12% 13% 12% 7% N/A<br />

G10 23% 16% 18% 20% 20% 20% N/A<br />

G11 23% 17% 18% 22% 22% 19% N/A<br />

G12 27% 19% 18% 16% 16% 11% N/A<br />

Average 14% 11% 11% 12% 12% 9% N/A<br />

*Repetition Rates for 1998 are overestimated due to incomplete enrolment data for 1997. Repetition Rates for 2004<br />

is not yet available. 2005 Data still needs to be captured to calculate 2004.<br />

Table 25 and Graph 9 shows the drop-out rate per grade from 1999 to 2003. The<br />

number <strong>of</strong> dropouts in the schooling system in the Eastern Cape has steadily increased<br />

from 7% in 1999 to a high <strong>of</strong> 15% in 2000. From 2001 to 2003 it would seam that the<br />

dropout rate has stabilized at around 11%. Dropouts in the province have the tendency<br />

to peak in the early grades and then again in grades 10-12. This tendency is matched<br />

by the higher repetition rates shown earlier.<br />

Table 25: Drop-out Rate by Grade<br />

1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004* Average<br />

G1 15% 20% 25.19% 26.02% 23% N/A 22%<br />

G2 5% 13% 5.32% 6.44% 5% N/A 7%<br />

G3 4% 12% 6.87% 5.92% 4% N/A 7%<br />

G4 4% 12% 6.29% 8.85% 7% N/A 8%<br />

G5 4% 12% 7.48% 7.28% 7% N/A 8%<br />

G6 5% 12% 8.80% 8.13% 7% N/A 8%<br />

G7 1% 10% 8.87% 8.5% 7% N/A 7%<br />

G8 7% 15% 6.24% 14.97% 12% N/A 11%<br />

G9 5% 17% 17.92% 12.80% 2% N/A 11%<br />

G10 15% 23% 18.62% 17.76% 22% N/A 19%<br />

G11 15% 21% 13.02% 10.28% 23% N/A 16%<br />

Average 7% 15% 11% 12% 11% N/A 11%<br />

* 2004 drop out rate is not available. Data will be released after the capturing <strong>of</strong> the 2005 Annual Survey has been<br />

completed.<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 2005-06 to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (4)Page 2006 75<br />

Page 79


13.9.4 Over-aged Learners<br />

Several <strong>of</strong> the indicators discussed earlier have mentioned the issue <strong>of</strong> under- and overage<br />

enrolment in the Eastern Cape education system. Age-specific indicators such as<br />

the Net Intake Rate and Net Enrolment Rate have shown that a sizeable percentage <strong>of</strong><br />

enrolment is <strong>of</strong> inappropriate age. It has been shown that in three districts, the de facto<br />

starting age for primary school is age six, which is not problematic if those learners are<br />

sufficiently prepared and able to proceed through the grades without repetition. What is<br />

more problematic is the problem <strong>of</strong> over-age learners, who in some cases are two to<br />

three years older than their classmates.<br />

The temporary application <strong>of</strong> the age-grade admission policy prevented learners who<br />

were younger than seven from entering Grade 1 but the high rates <strong>of</strong> repetition in later<br />

grades continue to result in large numbers <strong>of</strong> over-aged learners.<br />

The percentage <strong>of</strong> over-aged learners reflected in figure 3a show a decreasing trend <strong>of</strong><br />

over-aged learners in the public ordinary schools <strong>of</strong> Eastern Cape. The percentage is a<br />

very crude calculation that looks at an environment where repeaters are not catered for.<br />

The percentages were calculated using the average age in a grade as being 7 years old<br />

in grade 1 (8-year olds and more regarded as over-aged in this analysis), 8 years old in<br />

Grade 2 (9-year olds and more are regarded as over-aged in this analysis), to 18 years<br />

old in Grade 12. This gives an indication that 41% <strong>of</strong> primary school learners and 56 %<br />

<strong>of</strong> secondary school learners are over-aged. There is a visible decrease in the number <strong>of</strong><br />

over-aged learners in both the primary and secondary phases over the period 2000 to<br />

2004.<br />

This crude calculation does give an indication that the number <strong>of</strong> over-age learners is<br />

deceasing but the rate or over-age learners was still higher in the former DET schools.<br />

There were a higher number <strong>of</strong> over-age learners in grade 10 and grade 11 than those<br />

in grade 12. It is in these grades that there are increases <strong>of</strong> over-age learners in the<br />

other former de<strong>part</strong>ments and the new schools. The notion <strong>of</strong> holding learners back and<br />

not promoting them into grade 12 becomes much more evident through these statistics.<br />

The average age <strong>of</strong> grade 12 learners has improved over the last few years. The<br />

percentage <strong>of</strong> learners who were 18 and younger is just over 55% in 2004 as illustrated<br />

in Graphs 10 and Graph 11.<br />

Graph 9: Drop-out Rate : Eastern Cape 2000-2003<br />

120%<br />

100%<br />

80%<br />

60%<br />

40%<br />

20%<br />

0%<br />

Gr<br />

1<br />

Dropout Rate: Eastern Cape 2000-2003<br />

Gr<br />

2<br />

Gr<br />

3<br />

Gr<br />

4<br />

Gr<br />

5<br />

2003 26% 6% 5% 7% 8% 7% 7% 10% 12% 16% 23%<br />

2002 25% 6% 7% 7% 7% 9% 8% 7% 15% 21% 24%<br />

2001 26% 6% 6% 9% 7% 8% -1% 15% 13% 18% 22%<br />

2000 20% 13% 12% 12% 12% 12% 1% 15% 17% 23% 21%<br />

1999 15% 5% 4% 4% 4% 5% 1% 7% 5% 15% 15%<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10. March 2006 Page 80<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 76<br />

Gr<br />

6<br />

Grade<br />

Gr<br />

7<br />

Gr<br />

8<br />

Gr<br />

9<br />

Gr<br />

10<br />

Gr<br />

11<br />

2003<br />

2002<br />

2001<br />

2000<br />

1999<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information


Graph 10: Percentage Over-Aged Learners in Public Primary and Secondary Schools<br />

70.00%<br />

60.00%<br />

50.00%<br />

40.00%<br />

30.00%<br />

20.00%<br />

10.00%<br />

0.00%<br />

Percentage <strong>of</strong> Over Aged learners in Public Schools<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004<br />

Primary 47.57% 46.05% 43.46% 41.82%<br />

Secondary 58% 58% 57% 56%<br />

Graph 11: Percentage Learners in Grade 12 who are 18 Years Old or Younger<br />

61%<br />

60%<br />

59%<br />

58%<br />

57%<br />

56%<br />

55%<br />

54%<br />

53%<br />

Percentage <strong>of</strong> Grade 12 Learners that are Over-Age<br />

2000 2001 2002 2003 2004<br />

13.9.5 Learner Educator Ratio<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 2005/06 to 2009-10. 2009/10 March 21 F (4)Page 2006 77<br />

Page 81<br />

Primary<br />

Secondary<br />

The Learner-Educator Ratio (LER) for the entire public education system for Eastern<br />

Cape has for the last five years shown a downward trend. This system ratio includes all<br />

the state-paid educators from all the institutions and <strong>of</strong>fices. The institutional ratio that is<br />

at 34,6:1 shows a similar trend to the system ratio. The institution ratio is the ratio <strong>of</strong> all<br />

learners in the public institutions (ordinary, LSEN, ABET and FET institutions) divided by<br />

the number <strong>of</strong> state-paid educators.


Table 26 mirrors provincial aggregate values for Learner-Educator Ratios according to<br />

combined, primary and secondary schools. It is clear that all the LER are below one<br />

educator for 40 learners, sustaining the compliance with the South African Schools Act,<br />

which stipulates 40:1 for primary and 35:1 for secondary schools. Because these are<br />

provincial aggregates it does not mean that there are no individual institutions for which<br />

the LER is above 40.<br />

As Table 26 indicates the Learner Educator Ratio (LER) for 2004 was 33.99 considering<br />

state-paid educators in public schools. Comparing the LER with those <strong>of</strong> 2003, viz.<br />

32.42% and 33.99%, it is observed that for the state-paid educator situation there is a<br />

marginal improvement whilst for all educators (both state- and privately paid) the<br />

situation worsened.<br />

Many <strong>of</strong> these schools are primary schools and more than 83% are from the former DET<br />

schools. This is an unusual phenomenon as the Post Provisioning Model is based on the<br />

equal distribution <strong>of</strong> educator posts, thus all schools should have an LER lower than<br />

40:1. This may be due to incorrect reporting from schools in the survey forms, or as a<br />

result <strong>of</strong> ambiguity in questions in the survey form. The main contributing factor is that as<br />

a result <strong>of</strong> the survey being conducted on the 10 th school day, many schools<br />

experienced an influx <strong>of</strong> learners that was not anticipated in the previous year, resulting<br />

in higher numbers <strong>of</strong> learners.<br />

Table 26: Learner : Educator Ratio by Level<br />

Level 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005<br />

Combined<br />

School<br />

39.22 38.39 37.69 34.09 34.58 36.18<br />

36.90<br />

Primary<br />

School<br />

34.98 35.16 33.22 31.41 32.22 33.83 32.70<br />

Secondary<br />

School<br />

30.06 30.86 30.88 27.96 28.19 29.62 31.40<br />

Public<br />

Ordinary<br />

35.76 35.66 34.78 31.88 32.42 33.99 34.45<br />

Tables 27 and 28, illustrate the LER <strong>of</strong> public ordinary schools by its former de<strong>part</strong>ment<br />

and by quintiles, i.e. its placement on the resource targeting list for school funding that<br />

uses a poverty index to rank schools. Table 46 shows that LERs for four ex-De<strong>part</strong>ments<br />

and it range from 35.99 to 27.24 (excluding SGB paid educators) in 2004. The LER for<br />

ECDE’s new schools reflects continuing improvement from 1999 for both inclusion and<br />

exclusion <strong>of</strong> SGB paid educators. For the whole province LER have improved and<br />

stabilized in the last 5 years as the table shows. The slight increase in the LER in 2004<br />

can be contributed to the current moratorium on the appointment <strong>of</strong> any new staff in the<br />

system. Although the ECDE has the biggest percentage <strong>of</strong> poor people in the country, it<br />

had the best LER after the implementation <strong>of</strong> the 2004 Post Provisioning. The freezing<br />

<strong>of</strong> any appointments meant that due to natural attrition <strong>of</strong> educators, the LER would<br />

slightly increase as educators leave the system.<br />

Table 27: Learner - Educator Ratio by ex-De<strong>part</strong>ment (Public Ordinary Schools)<br />

Ex-Dept 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005<br />

Ciskei 29.41 29.17 26.88 27.51 26.31 27.24 29.78<br />

Transkei 38.29 38.14 36.63 35.04 33.71 35.67 38.04<br />

HOR 28.62 34.02 30.17 33.13 33.79 33.21 36.49<br />

CED 28.04 33.75 30.78 32.99 33.38 33.33 37.78<br />

New 43.24 38.90 34.03 33.16 34.18 35.99 38.43<br />

Total 33.52 34.79 31.698 32.36 32.27 33.08 36.67<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10. March 2006 Page 82<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 78<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information


As Table 28 shows, the poorest schools show a marked improvement <strong>of</strong> the LER, from<br />

38.69 in 1999 to 36.84 in 2004. Schools in quintile 4, start to show the LER<br />

improvement when SGB paid educators are included.<br />

Table 28: Learner - Educator Ratio by Quintiles (Public Ordinary Schools)<br />

2001 2002 2003 2004 2005<br />

1 38.69 37.41 34.51 36.84 40.95<br />

2 35.82 35.01 33.23 34.25 38.42<br />

3 32.96 31.58 32.17 32.69 34.47<br />

4 31.09 31.15 30.39 31.20 33.38<br />

5 32.40 33.30 32.00 33.14 37.42<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 2005-06 to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (4)Page 2006 79<br />

Page 83


Map 4: Learner : Educator Ration per District 2004<br />

13.9.6 Average Classroom Size<br />

The average classroom size has reached 40.23:1 in 2005.<br />

As indicated in Table 29 the average classroom size has gradually decreased from 2000<br />

to 2004 for combined schools from a high <strong>of</strong> 48.21 in 2000 to 45.86 in 2004. The LCR for<br />

secondary schools have shown a gradual decrease from 37.33 in 2000 to 35.70 in 2004.<br />

For public primary schools the classroom size has increased slightly from 33.91 to 33.15<br />

in 2004. For all public schools the classroom size decreased from 40.69 in 2000 to 39.15<br />

in 2004. The LCR was at its lowest in 2001 at 38.86. The marginal increase in LCR for<br />

Ordinary schools can be attributed to the increasing number <strong>of</strong> grade R learners that are<br />

being attached to primary schools. In 2004 alone the number has increased by around<br />

8%. As more schools are attaching grade R classes to their schools, the rate should<br />

gradually increase over the next few years.<br />

The LCR in the poorest schools have not changed dramatically since 2001. In 2004 it is<br />

still at the same level as in 2001, although it has shown signs <strong>of</strong> decrease in the 2002 –<br />

2003 period. In quintile 5, the least poor quintile, the LCR has increased from 27.76 to<br />

31.56.<br />

There may be instances where principals may not teach the required number <strong>of</strong> hours<br />

and thus reducing the number <strong>of</strong> class units. Principals are counted in the post<br />

distribution to schools. When they do not <strong>of</strong>fer time in class, the burden is re-distributed<br />

to the rest <strong>of</strong> the educator core resulting in an overload <strong>of</strong> teaching contact time for<br />

educators. This may then account for the higher classroom size. The number <strong>of</strong><br />

classrooms not in use but available, has not been included in this ratio, in order to<br />

highlight the actual average number <strong>of</strong> learners in a classroom.<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10. March 2006 Page 84<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 80<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information


Table 29: Average Classroom Size<br />

Level 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005<br />

Combined 48.21 46.28 46.54 46.11 45.86 48.01<br />

Primary 33.91 32.02 32.32 33.06 33.15 33.19<br />

Secondary 37.33 35.85 36.00 35.10 35.70 37.62<br />

Total Public Ordinary<br />

40.69 38.86 39.11 39.09 39.15<br />

40.23<br />

Table 30: Average Classroom Size by ex-De<strong>part</strong>ment<br />

Ex-Dept 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005<br />

CISKEI 35.04 32.14 29.95 28.82 28.26 28.05 27.69<br />

DET 36.35 34.63 32.66 32.84 32.99 33.15 33.20<br />

CED 27.56 28.34 27.64 28.58 28.99 29.36 29.71<br />

HOR 33.75 33.11 31.70 33.46 33.04 33.43 33.90<br />

NEW EDUC DEPT 38.96 37.68 36.86 38.37 41.35 42.89 44.77<br />

TRANSKEI 51.43 47.60 45.71 45.80 46.02 47.03 47.87<br />

Total 43.50 40.66 38.83 38.98 39.15 39.77 40.23<br />

Table 31: Average Classroom Size by Quintiles (Public Ordinary Schools)<br />

Quintiles 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005<br />

1 56.28 53.74 53.48 56.49 63.91<br />

2 43.57 44.93 45.06 43.22 47.58<br />

3 36.71 37.20 37.56 39.25 36.57<br />

4 27.15 33.33 33.30 35.12 33.09<br />

5 27.76 32.10 32.14 31.56 33.88<br />

What is becoming very evident as depicted in Tables 27 and 30 is that the schools from<br />

advantaged areas (ex-CED and from the lowest quintile) have a much lower LER and<br />

average classroom sizes than schools from former homelands such as the Transkei.<br />

The post provisioning model may ensure equality in the distribution <strong>of</strong> educator posts but<br />

it does not ensure equity. The more advantaged schools have more resources at their<br />

disposal and are able to employ more educators as a result <strong>of</strong> the higher school fees<br />

they charge parents.<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 2005-06 to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (4)Page 2006 81<br />

Page 85


Map 5: Learner: Classroom Ratios per District 2004<br />

13.9.7 Educator Gender Equity<br />

The number <strong>of</strong> female educators stayed fairly constant from 1999 to 2003 at levels <strong>of</strong><br />

73%. The situation is still that whilst (for example 2003) female educators constitute 70,<br />

1% <strong>of</strong> all educators, their representivity in the higher ranks <strong>of</strong> school management is<br />

poor. Only 46.79% are school deputy principals, and 49.36% are principals. Need it be<br />

said that from 1999 to 2003 the number <strong>of</strong> female principals did decrease from 53% in<br />

1999 to 49.36% in 2003. The biggest decline was at the level <strong>of</strong> HOD which showed a<br />

decline <strong>of</strong> 3.51%.<br />

Table 32: Percentage <strong>of</strong> Educators (state-paid educators only) by Gender employed at Different<br />

Post Levels<br />

2000 2001 2002 2003<br />

Male Female Male Female Male Female Male Female<br />

Principal 48.7% 51.3% 50.76% 49.24% 50.99% 49.01% 50.64% 49.36%<br />

Deputy Principal 53.07% 46.93% 52.07% 47.93% 52.13% 47.87% 53.21% 46.79%<br />

Head <strong>of</strong> Dept 28.41% 71.59% 30.42% 69.58% 31.94% 68.06% 31.51% 68.49%<br />

Post Level 1 Educator<br />

26.85% 73.15% 26.17% 73.83% 26.17% 73.83% 27.13% 72.87%<br />

13.9.8 Educator attrition in the Eastern Cape<br />

When comparing the number <strong>of</strong> permanent educators in the provincial system in March<br />

2003 and March 2004 it was found that the attrition rate amounted to 9,5%. Attrition<br />

among the four race groups is as shown in graph 12. What stands out is that the<br />

number <strong>of</strong> permanent educators is shrinking. However, the hiring <strong>of</strong> more temporary<br />

educators has compensated for the number <strong>of</strong> educators lost, though this was not<br />

analysed.<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10. March 2006 Page 86<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 82<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information


13.9.9 Educator attrition<br />

The age cohort with the highest percentage <strong>of</strong> educator attrition was 55 – 59 years and<br />

those that were 60 years and over. There is, however, a slight peaking <strong>of</strong> attrition <strong>of</strong><br />

educators in their mid-thirties. The lowest attrition rate occurs in the ages 45 – 49 years.<br />

A total number <strong>of</strong> 1 574 permanent educators left the system in the same period.<br />

Table 33: Educators Leaving the System by Age Group<br />

Age Group Educators leaving the system<br />

60 136<br />

Table 33 shows the number <strong>of</strong> educators leaving the system per age group. Whilst the<br />

percentage <strong>of</strong> educators leaving the system is highest for the 55 – 59 age group in terms<br />

<strong>of</strong> numbers the group 35 – 39 years accounted for the highest number <strong>of</strong> educators<br />

leaving. Note that negative attrition implies the number <strong>of</strong> educators entering the system.<br />

Graph 12: Educator Attrition by Age Group<br />

% Attrition in age cohort<br />

60<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />


The highest performing ex-De<strong>part</strong>ment as shown in Table 52, is the former CED with a<br />

pass rate <strong>of</strong> 97.57% in 1999 and 97,89% in 2003. The performances <strong>of</strong> all other ex-<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ments are Schools from the former Ciskei homeland have increased their pass<br />

rate to 50.69% in 2003 from a low <strong>of</strong> 42.00% in 1996.<br />

Since the matriculation examination is written in English or Afrikaans, Graph 14<br />

indicates that a possible policy decision around language <strong>of</strong> learning and instruction is<br />

necessary.<br />

Graph 13: Provincial Matric Pass Rates<br />

Average Passrate<br />

65<br />

60<br />

55<br />

50<br />

45<br />

40<br />

52<br />

49<br />

48<br />

Grade 12 Exam Results : 1996 - 2004<br />

42<br />

1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10. March 2006 Page 88<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 84<br />

50<br />

Years<br />

Table 34: Grade 12 Pass rates 2006-2004 by ex-De<strong>part</strong>ment<br />

Ex-Dept 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003<br />

CISKEI 42.00 42.11 42.40 35.56 47.69 39.33 43.61 50.69<br />

DET 37.85 41.04 41.87 37.36 48.56 47.91 53.96 60.65<br />

CED 97.57 98.30 96.85 97.20 97.41 95.72 96.27 97.89<br />

HOR 71.31 74.79 73.73 72.32 80.48 76.76 78.83 86.78<br />

NEW EDUC DEPT 36.84 29.71 36.20 31.98 41.29 36.01 42.61 52.99<br />

TRANSKEI 52.26 43.58 41.29 34.19 41.31 34.76 42.20 50.60<br />

46<br />

52<br />

60<br />

51<br />

Results<br />

2004<br />

43.18<br />

56.08<br />

96.97<br />

74.11<br />

43.19<br />

44.46<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information


Graph 14: Home Language vs Language <strong>of</strong> Institution for Eastern Cape Learners 2004<br />

2,000,000<br />

1,800,000<br />

1,600,000<br />

1,400,000<br />

1,200,000<br />

1,000,000<br />

800,000<br />

600,000<br />

400,000<br />

200,000<br />

0<br />

Home Language vs. Language <strong>of</strong> Instruction for Eastern Cape learners: 2004<br />

13.10 Programme 3- Independent Schools<br />

IsiXhosa English Afrikaans<br />

Home Language Instruction Language<br />

The number <strong>of</strong> schools, and hence learners, have increased in the last four years as<br />

indicated in Table 35 This sector has grown, and will probably continue to grow. It<br />

constituted 8% <strong>of</strong> the learners in the ordinary school sector for the last five years. It has<br />

increased from 110 795 in 1999 to 137 018 in 2004 – an increase <strong>of</strong> 24%.<br />

Table 36 indicates the number <strong>of</strong> learners by phase and subsidy level. It shows that a<br />

larger number <strong>of</strong> learners were in the primary phase than in the secondary phase and<br />

the De<strong>part</strong>ment has subsidised over 62% <strong>of</strong> learners in primary schools and 53% <strong>of</strong><br />

learners in secondary schools in 2003/04.<br />

Table 35: Size and Shape <strong>of</strong> Independent Schooling Sector<br />

2002/03 2003/04 2004/05<br />

No % No % No %<br />

Schools 99 110 115<br />

Primary 73 73.7 87 76 87 76<br />

Secondary 62 63 62 54 62 54<br />

Total 99 115 115<br />

Learners Primary 12 709 58 13 226 64 15 186 64<br />

Secondary 9 393 43 7 565 37 8 730 37<br />

Total 22 102 20 791 23 916<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 2005-06 to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (4)Page 2006 85<br />

Page 89


Combined schools with more secondary grades or fully combined (grades 1 to 12) were<br />

classified for this purpose as secondary schools<br />

Table 36: Pr<strong>of</strong>ile <strong>of</strong> Independent Schooling<br />

Subsidy<br />

Level<br />

Number and % <strong>of</strong><br />

Primary Schools<br />

Number and % <strong>of</strong><br />

Primary Learners<br />

Number and % <strong>of</strong><br />

Secondary Schools<br />

Number and % <strong>of</strong><br />

Secondary Learners<br />

01/02 02/03 03/04 01/02 02/03 03/04 01/02 02/03 03/04 01/02 02/03 03/04<br />

60% N/A 7 29 N/A 1165 4568 N/A 9 3315 N/A 2960 7369<br />

40% N/A 21 20 N/A 5202 5244 N/A 20 4932 N/A 8180 6437<br />

25% N/A 26 14 N/A 3618 1414 N/A 16 1211 N/A 4501 2147<br />

15% N/A 7 6 N/A 892 584 N/A 8 302 N/A 3312 1865<br />

0% N/A 38 18 N/A 1832 1047 N/A 9 469 N/A 3899 2470<br />

Total N/A 99 87 N/A 12709 12857 N/A 62 10229 N/A 22852 20822<br />

Learners were placed in primary or secondary phases not according to the classification<br />

<strong>of</strong> schools but according to grades <strong>of</strong> the learners. There would therefore appear to be a<br />

higher number <strong>of</strong> schools than the preceding table.<br />

The LER in independent schools was relatively low for the pass five years. Those LER <strong>of</strong><br />

the non-subsidised schools was lower to that <strong>of</strong> the subsidised schools.<br />

13.11 Programme 4 4 – - LSEN Schools<br />

The public LSEN schools are the smallest sector with 44 schools and 8,550 learners.<br />

These LSEN public schools receive their budget through programme 4. The budget in<br />

2005 is R41,378 million for this sector. The budget has increased by 23% since the<br />

2002/03 financial year.<br />

Table 37: Budget Allocation to Programme 4<br />

Programme 4 (000 Rands) 159,963<br />

2002/03 2003/04 2004/05 2005/06<br />

188,706 243,386 231,370<br />

There were 6,750 learners in public LSEN schools in 1999, which has increased to<br />

9,072 learners in 2005. The sector has grown by 34% in the last five years. See Table<br />

56 below.<br />

Table 38: Number <strong>of</strong> Learners in LSEN schools<br />

1999 2002 2003 2004 2005<br />

Learners 6,750 7,972 8,087 8,553 9,077<br />

Table 39 indicates the number and percentage <strong>of</strong> learners according to disabilities and<br />

gender. The table further indicates that there are more disabled male learners than there<br />

are females. The table includes learners with special educational needs in public<br />

schools.<br />

The highest percentage (26.5%) <strong>of</strong> disabled learners are learners who are<br />

mildly/moderately mentally handicapped (MMH). Several factors, pre-natal and postnatal,<br />

account for the high percentage <strong>of</strong> learners with mild/moderate mental handicap.<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10. March 2006 Page 90<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 86<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information


Table 39: Number and Percentage <strong>of</strong> Learners by Gender and Disability (2004)<br />

Description MALE FEMALE TOTAL % OF TOTAL<br />

Attention Deficit 700 285 985 5.8%<br />

Autistic 76 24 100 0.6%<br />

Blind 186 96 282 1.7%<br />

Cerebral Palsied 299 235 534 3.1%<br />

Deaf 436 425 861 5.1%<br />

Deaf Blind Disabled 8 8 16 0.1%<br />

Epileptic 223 223 443 2.6%<br />

Extrinsically Disabled 82 36 118 0.7%<br />

Gifted 503 507 1010 6.0%<br />

Hard <strong>of</strong> Hearing 286 240 526 3.1%<br />

Mildly Mentally Handicapped 2903 1600 4503 26.5%<br />

Multi Disabled 139 96 235 1.4%<br />

Partially Sighted 314 336 649 3.8%<br />

Physically Disabled 387 283 668 3.9%<br />

Severe Behavioral Disorder 582 225 807 4.8%<br />

Severely Mentally Handicapped 1742 1214 2956 17.4%<br />

Specific Learning Disabled 1536 744 2278 13.4%<br />

10402 6577 16971<br />

Table 40 indicates the learner: educator ratios for 2004. The learner numbers in LSEN<br />

schools increased in 2004 to 8,386. Concurrently the educator numbers stayed fairly<br />

constant at 622. This resulted in a higher learner: educator ratio in 2004. Although the<br />

focus is on publicly employed employees, the interaction between publicly and privately<br />

employed employees is important, and is therefore included in the following table:<br />

Table 40: Learner - Educator Ratios in Programme 4 Schools<br />

Phase Learners Publicly employed<br />

educators<br />

Public<br />

L:E<br />

Privately<br />

employed<br />

educators<br />

Total<br />

educators<br />

Effective<br />

L:E ratios<br />

4.1 8386 622 13.48 47 669 12.5<br />

Table 41: Learner : Classroom Ratio in Special Schools and the Classroom Backlog<br />

Programme Learners Classrooms L:C Ratio Classroom Backlog<br />

4.1 Schools 8386 514 16.31:1 133<br />

Total for Special Schools 8386 514 16:31:1 133<br />

All figures represent the situation in the school year 2004<br />

Table 42 indicates the number <strong>of</strong> specialists (excluding educators) in public and independent<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 2005-06 to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (4)Page 2006 87<br />

Page 91


LSEN schools. There are 666 specialists in public LSEN schools employed and remunerated by<br />

the Eastern Cape De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>Education</strong> and 90 specialists in independent schools employed<br />

and remunerated privately.<br />

Table 42: Employment <strong>of</strong> Specialists<br />

SPECIALIST<br />

STATE EMPLOYED PRIVATELY EMPLOYED<br />

Male Female Total Male Female Total<br />

Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Nurses 0 48 48 0 2 2<br />

Medical Specialists 0 8 8 13 3 16<br />

Physiotherapists 3 49 52 0 0 0<br />

Occupational Therapists 0 112 112 0 10 10<br />

Psychologists: Post Level 1 0 3 3 2 8 10<br />

Psychologists: Post Level 2 1 1 2 0 8 8<br />

Psychologists: Post Level 3 5 9 14 0 0 0<br />

Social Workers 0 16 16 3 5 8<br />

Other Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Specialists 4 64 68 6 10 16<br />

Temporary Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Specialists 105 238 343 3 17 20<br />

TOTAL 118 548 666 27 63 90<br />

13.12 Programme 5: Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

Employees<br />

See also Programme 2 in section 13.9 <strong>of</strong> this report for figures on publicly employed<br />

educators.<br />

Table 43: Learner : Educator Ratios in Programme 5 Institutions<br />

5.1 Public<br />

Institutions<br />

FET<br />

Learners<br />

Publicly<br />

employed<br />

educators<br />

Public<br />

L:E<br />

Privately<br />

employed<br />

educators<br />

14,184 845 16.79<br />

Not<br />

applicable<br />

All figures represent the situation in school year 2004.<br />

Total<br />

educators<br />

Effective L:E<br />

ratio<br />

845 16.79<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10. March 2006 Page 92<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (4)Page 88<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information


13.13 Programme 6: Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

Physical Infrastructure<br />

Table 44: Classrooms available for Programme 6<br />

Programme Learners Classrooms L:C ratio<br />

Classroom<br />

backlog<br />

6.1 Public centres 45,783 0 1:20 0<br />

Total for public centres 37 0<br />

Footnotes:<br />

All figures represent the situation in the school year 2004<br />

Employees<br />

See also Programme 2 for data on public school ratios.<br />

Table 45: Learner - Educator Ratios in Programme 6 Centres<br />

Learners<br />

Publicly<br />

employed<br />

educators<br />

Public L:E<br />

Privately<br />

employed<br />

educators<br />

Total<br />

educators<br />

Effective L:E<br />

ratio<br />

Grade R 45,783 911 50.25 0 911 50.25<br />

Footnotes:<br />

All figures represent the situation in the school year 2004<br />

13.14 Programme 7: Early Childhood Development<br />

Employees<br />

See also Programme 2 in section 13.9 <strong>of</strong> this report for data on public school ratios.<br />

Table 46: Learner - Educator Ratios in Programme 7<br />

6.1 Public centres<br />

Learners<br />

Publicly<br />

employed<br />

educators<br />

Public<br />

L:E<br />

Privately<br />

employed<br />

educators<br />

Total<br />

educators<br />

15,450 469 32.94 264 733 21.07<br />

Footnotes:<br />

All figures represent the situation in the school year 2004<br />

Effective L:E<br />

ratio<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 2005-06 to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (4)Page 2006 89<br />

Page 93


14. EVALUATION OF CURRENT IMPLEMENTATION PERFORMANCE<br />

This is the first year that the De<strong>part</strong>ment has prepared a comprehensive <strong>strategic</strong> plan in line<br />

with the national guidelines. For 2003/04 the <strong>strategic</strong> plan was more focused on operational<br />

planning issues, which tended to provide too much detail, although that was required in the<br />

guideline at the time.<br />

Progress is therefore being made in the approach to <strong>strategic</strong> planning, which has also been<br />

integrated more effectively into the operational planning processes. Accordingly the whole<br />

approach to planning and the consequent compulsory quarterly and monthly reporting has<br />

become more focused. This and the creation <strong>of</strong> a Chief Directorate: Strategic Management<br />

Monitoring and Evaluation is expected to assist the De<strong>part</strong>ment in monitoring its performance<br />

better than in the past.<br />

15. ORGANIZATIONAL INFORMATION AND THE INSTITUTIONAL<br />

ENVIRONMENT<br />

15.1. Organizational Design<br />

The De<strong>part</strong>ment consists <strong>of</strong> a Head Office, which is responsible for operational policy,<br />

monitoring and evaluation, and twenty four districts that are responsible for all services to<br />

learners, educators, schools and local communities. The district boundaries are shown in map<br />

5 below.<br />

On the next page after the map, figure 1 shows the top level organogram <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment<br />

as approved by the MEC in August 2004. This is followed by a table setting out the names <strong>of</strong><br />

the managers against their job titles.<br />

A new organogram has been designed with support from the IMET and is currently being<br />

discussed within the de<strong>part</strong>ment. It is likely to be implemented in April 2006 at the start <strong>of</strong> the<br />

new financial year. The new organogram places a strong emphasis on clear definition <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>strategic</strong>, business and implementation responsibilities between the different levels <strong>of</strong><br />

management and on clear linkage between head <strong>of</strong>fice and district in each functional area.<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10. March 2006 Page 94<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (5).doc Page 90<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information


Map 6: <strong>Education</strong>al Districts<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10 March 2006 Page 95<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 91


5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10. March 2006 Page 96<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information


15.2 Delegations and Performance Agreements<br />

The De<strong>part</strong>ment has implemented a Performance Management System for Senior Managers.<br />

The aim <strong>of</strong> the system is to ensure that managers are making the maximum possible<br />

contribution towards the achievement <strong>of</strong> De<strong>part</strong>mental goals. Many Senior Managers have<br />

undergone training in the use <strong>of</strong> the system. Most importantly, the Performance Management<br />

System currently in place will assist the De<strong>part</strong>ment in coaching and motivating our<br />

employees so that they not only meet their objectives but also understand the strengths they<br />

need to emphasize to ensure that we provide quality service to the public. The performance<br />

wheel will be kept turning everyday in an informal and formal process by three aspects, viz<br />

planning, coaching and reviewing. The Performance Management System for level 1 to 12<br />

de<strong>part</strong>mental employees has been implemented.<br />

The Accounting Officer signed financial, procurement and human resources delegations in<br />

the 2004/05 financial year. Powers have been delegated to DDGs as programme managers,<br />

to Chief Directors as responsibility managers level 1 and to Directors as responsibility<br />

managers level 2. Delegations have been built into performance agreements to measure the<br />

utilization <strong>of</strong> delegations. At present district managers have delegations for district operational<br />

budgets. It is planned that delegations will increase to the districts over the coming MTEF<br />

period 2006/07 to 2008/09 as capacity, systems and staffing are further developed and<br />

improved. Delegations will not however go lower than deputy director and chief education<br />

specialist (CES) level.<br />

15.3 Capital Investment, Maintenance and Asset Management<br />

15.3.1 Current Capital Programme<br />

The De<strong>part</strong>ment’s infrastructure delivery has just come through a severe slowdown as a<br />

result <strong>of</strong> the “belt tightening” exercise in 2004/05 and 2005/06, and now faces the challenge <strong>of</strong><br />

gearing up its infrastructure programme for 2006/07. The infrastructure budget for 2006/07 is<br />

R669m, compared to R283m in 2005/06. This has largely been dealt with by procuring<br />

contracts for all the tenders previously put on hold during 2005/06, to ensure a running start to<br />

the 2006/07 financial year.<br />

The current (January 2006) status <strong>of</strong> the building programme is summarized below:<br />

Total projects for 2005/06 (excl on hold projects) 295<br />

Projects under construction 102<br />

Projects still to be completed by March 2006 17<br />

Completed projects 148<br />

Projects being carried forward into 2006/07 4<br />

Projects not yet implemented 45<br />

Included in the above are 108 contracts which were also recently awarded for dealing with<br />

emergency situations at schools in the Eastern Cape, and these should all be completed by<br />

the end <strong>of</strong> the financial year.<br />

In addition the ongoing programme described above, the De<strong>part</strong>ment has recently<br />

commenced with the projects previously put on hold. These comprise 116 schools, <strong>of</strong> which<br />

94 have already been put to tender and <strong>of</strong> these 57 had contracts awarded as at mid January<br />

2006.<br />

15.3.2 Closure and Downgrading <strong>of</strong> Facilities<br />

The De<strong>part</strong>ment is in the process <strong>of</strong> formulating a policy on the rationalization and reorganization<br />

<strong>of</strong> small schools, as reported elsewhere herein. As this will entail enlarging<br />

certain schools, provision <strong>of</strong> hostels and transportation <strong>of</strong> learners, it will have substantial<br />

implications for the infrastructure programme. Whilst this process is under way, care will be<br />

taken to avoid providing facilities where they may later become redundant.<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10 March 2006 Page 97<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 93


The obvious group <strong>of</strong> small schools where re-organization is to take place is that <strong>of</strong> farm<br />

schools. Here a number <strong>of</strong> schools that have become unviable have already been<br />

amalgamated or closed down.<br />

15.3.3 Maintenance and Refurbishment<br />

Major maintenance and refurbishment are also undertaken at all schools where additional<br />

accommodation is being provided under the capital works programme, while minor<br />

maintenance is carried out by the school itself (Section 21 schools) or by the District Office on<br />

behalf <strong>of</strong> the school (Section 20 schools) – note that funds for minor maintenance are not<br />

channeled through the infrastructure budget.<br />

However, the condition <strong>of</strong> many <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment’s buildings is such that significant repair<br />

and renovation is required, as is evident from the table below:<br />

Table 47:<br />

1: Condition <strong>of</strong> Capital Stock (April 2005)<br />

Condition Number %<br />

Very Weak (mud) 939 12.5<br />

Weak 3,148 41.9<br />

In Need <strong>of</strong> Repair 2,207 29.4<br />

Good Condition 963 12.8<br />

New Building 52 0.7<br />

Being Upgraded 201 2.7<br />

No Response 0 0<br />

TOTAL 7,510 100<br />

Note that the table above includes all ECDoE facilities and not just schools.<br />

All schools have been categorized according to well defined needs in the <strong>Education</strong> Facilities<br />

Management System (EFMS). It is the De<strong>part</strong>ment’s endeavour to introduce a cyclic<br />

maintenance programme as <strong>part</strong> <strong>of</strong> its increasing focus on life cycle planning / costing. This<br />

will, however, require significantly more funding than is currently the case. Maintenance<br />

currently accounts for approximately 15% <strong>of</strong> the budget, and this will need to be increased<br />

substantially. Unfortunately the extent <strong>of</strong> the backlogs places a greater demand on the budget<br />

at present.<br />

15.3.4 Asset Management Plan<br />

The De<strong>part</strong>ment’s Physical Resource Planning section has prepared a 10-year asset<br />

management plan (known as the Infrastructure Plan) for the period 2005-2014. This sets out<br />

the current infrastructure situation, proposed levels <strong>of</strong> service, principles for provision <strong>of</strong><br />

facilities, and plans for intervention. The policies and strategies contained in this Strategic<br />

Plan are in turn reflected in the Infrastructure Plan where these affect physical infrastructure<br />

in any way.<br />

The Infrastructure Plan, <strong>of</strong> which the first edition was only produced in 2005/06, is in the<br />

process <strong>of</strong> progressive sophistication. Initially it was in effect only an annual project list, but<br />

now endeavours to cover the entire infrastructure life cycle. This implies a much stronger<br />

focus on post construction aspects such as operational costs, maintenance, rehabilitation and<br />

ultimately disposal. The establishment <strong>of</strong> the EFMS was the first step in this process. Other<br />

current activities include<br />

� the introduction and implementation <strong>of</strong> best practices in infrastructure planning and<br />

delivery (through the Infrastructure Delivery Improvement Programme (IDIP), and<br />

� broadening the base <strong>of</strong> Implementing Agents employed for infrastructure delivery and<br />

strengthening <strong>of</strong> the performance agreements with these agents.<br />

The De<strong>part</strong>ment now has formal Service Level Agreements with the De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> Public<br />

Works, the Independent Development Trust, the Amatola Water board, and Eskom. It is also<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10. March 2006 Page 98<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 94<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information


in the process <strong>of</strong> negotiating an agreement with the Coega Development Corporation. This<br />

will improve the De<strong>part</strong>ment’s risk management in the event <strong>of</strong> under-performance by an<br />

Implementing agent<br />

15.4 Personnel<br />

The De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> manages the second largest education de<strong>part</strong>ment in the<br />

country in terms <strong>of</strong> the number <strong>of</strong> employees. Expenditure on personnel, especially<br />

educators, will always be the greatest single expenditure <strong>of</strong> the de<strong>part</strong>ment. The de<strong>part</strong>ment<br />

has had a major challenge in both controlling personnel expenditure and in achieving<br />

balanced staffing numbers between educators and non educators.<br />

At the same time significant progress has been made in the last few years. Expenditure on<br />

personnel as a proportion <strong>of</strong> total expenditure fell from a peak <strong>of</strong> 96, 3% in 1999/00 to 86, 7%<br />

in 2002/03 1 . It is expected that the De<strong>part</strong>ment will meet the national target <strong>of</strong> 80% <strong>of</strong><br />

expenditure on personnel during the coming MTEF period. The ratio <strong>of</strong> educator to noneducator<br />

personnel fell from a high <strong>of</strong> 89, 2% in 1999 to 87, 2% in 2005. It is likewise<br />

expected that the De<strong>part</strong>ment will meet the national target <strong>of</strong> 85% during the coming MTEF<br />

period.<br />

The table below shows employment and vacancies by programme at the end <strong>of</strong> the 2004/05<br />

financial year and shows some <strong>of</strong> the main challenges in filling vacancies. Vacancies are<br />

highest in the areas <strong>of</strong> management and administration, where more than half <strong>of</strong> all posts<br />

were vacant at the start <strong>of</strong> 2005/06. Since then further progress has been made both in filling<br />

senior management posts in head <strong>of</strong>fice and in filling critical posts <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> Development<br />

Officers (EDOs), Subject Advisers (SAs) and Special Needs Advisers in the district <strong>of</strong>fices.<br />

There remain critical vacancies in management and administration in the district <strong>of</strong>fices.<br />

Middle management and secretarial posts were advertised in November 2005 with a further<br />

round <strong>of</strong> recruitment to be made in February 2006, with the goal <strong>of</strong> ensuring that at least an<br />

assistant or deputy director is in place in all corporate service functions in the districts.<br />

Table 48:<br />

2: Employment and Vacancies by Programme (March 2005)<br />

Programme<br />

Number <strong>of</strong><br />

Posts<br />

Number <strong>of</strong><br />

Posts Filled<br />

Vacancy Rate<br />

Number <strong>of</strong><br />

Posts Filled<br />

Additional to<br />

the<br />

Establishment<br />

Pr1: Administration, Permanent 6 963 3 086 55.7 417<br />

Pr2: Pub ordinary school edu, Permanent 71 524 67 186 6.1 11 817<br />

Pr2: Pub ordinary school edu, Temporary 71 71 0 11<br />

Pr4: Pub spec school educ, Permanent 1 597 1 242 22.2 326<br />

Pr4: Pub spec school educ, Temporary 2 2 0 1<br />

Pr5: Further educ and training, Permanent 1 692 1 207 28.7 445<br />

Pr5: Further educ and training, Temporary 1 1 0 0<br />

Pr6: Adult basic edu and train, Permanent 60 28 53.3 4<br />

Pr8: Aux and assoc services**, Permanent 1 495 928 37.9 829<br />

Pr8: Aux and assoc services**, Temporary 1 1 0 0<br />

TOTAL 83 406 73 752 11.6 13 850<br />

The De<strong>part</strong>ment has had ongoing challenges in creating an educator establishment that is<br />

both equitable and affordable. In 2003 the De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> declared a post<br />

establishment for the first time since 1999. Transfer and redeployment under the 1999<br />

1 National Treasury: ‘Inter-Governmental Fiscal Reviews, 2000 to 2004’.<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10 March 2006 Page 99<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 95


establishment had been largely completed by 2001. In the four years that had elapsed<br />

changing demographics, especially from migration, and the closure and opening <strong>of</strong> schools<br />

had created new post requirements. A moratorium on new temporary and substitute teachers<br />

during the financial crisis had also limited flexibility to provide teachers where needed. In 2003<br />

there were close to 65 000 teachers in schools in the province. The De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong><br />

declared an establishment <strong>of</strong> 67 074, some 2 000 above the numbers in post.<br />

During 2004 and the growing environment <strong>of</strong> financial crisis the De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong><br />

concluded that this establishment was unaffordable and could not be implemented. The<br />

current 2005 educator post establishment is 63 593. After lengthy dispute with the teacher<br />

unions this establishment was declared by the MEC for <strong>Education</strong> in the first half <strong>of</strong> 2005.<br />

Redeployment and transfer is now proceeding against this establishment. The De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>Education</strong> has also stated its intention to produce an annual educator establishment and to<br />

issue annual post bulletins for recruitment against the posts identified as vacant.<br />

Implementation <strong>of</strong> this establishment will provide both an equitable and affordable provision <strong>of</strong><br />

educators throughout the province. Based on 2005 enrolment, implementation <strong>of</strong> the educator<br />

establishment will give learner; educator ratios <strong>of</strong> 33.8 in primary school, 34.7 in combined<br />

schools, and 33.0 in secondary schools. This establishment will also lead to a more balanced<br />

distribution <strong>of</strong> personnel that will allow further recruitment <strong>of</strong> managers and administrators,<br />

especially in the districts. Some <strong>of</strong> this recruitment will be by transfer <strong>of</strong> educators that are<br />

surplus to requirements.<br />

15.5 Information Technology SYSTEMS Systems<br />

15.5.1 Information Technology Administration Systems<br />

The De<strong>part</strong>ment uses the main government transversal systems, being Persal, for salary and<br />

personnel administration; the Basic Accounting System (BAS), for commitments, payments<br />

and financial reporting services; and the Logistics System (Logis), for stores management<br />

and the issuing <strong>of</strong> orders for procurement. These systems are silo systems in that they are<br />

essentially stand alone, although there are interfaces between them. The architecture <strong>of</strong><br />

these systems has not changed over the last 30 years and they are not in keeping with the<br />

requirements <strong>of</strong> an efficient government de<strong>part</strong>ment. The De<strong>part</strong>ment uses the systems fairly<br />

extensively, except for Logis which is only effectively being used at head <strong>of</strong>fice and in the<br />

Uitenhage district.<br />

The National Treasury is the owner <strong>of</strong> these systems and they are continuing with their<br />

Integrated Financial Management System (IFMS) strategy that aims to provide integrated<br />

system to provide for transaction processing and management information in the functional<br />

areas <strong>of</strong> human resource management, supply chain management, and financial<br />

management. This strategy has been in place for at least five years and there is no definite<br />

time frame for the delivery <strong>of</strong> new systems.<br />

A critical issue is that is limiting the development <strong>of</strong> systems is the fact that section 17.3.1 <strong>of</strong><br />

the Treasury Regulations states that “Institutions may not amend existing or institute new<br />

computerised systems that will affect financial administration without the prior written approval<br />

<strong>of</strong> the National Treasury.” In implementing this provision the National Treasury is restrictive in<br />

that it rarely approves the use <strong>of</strong> new systems, due to the development <strong>of</strong> IFMS. A more<br />

flexible approach to the administration <strong>of</strong> this regulation is desperately needed to breathe new<br />

life into the ability <strong>of</strong> de<strong>part</strong>ments to ensure that their statutory obligations can be met.<br />

For example, the De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> wishes to use the Procure-to-Pay system, which<br />

has been developed by the De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> Social Development, and which has received<br />

international acclaim for innovation. Yet the National Treasury continues to place obstacles in<br />

the path <strong>of</strong> other de<strong>part</strong>ments wishing to use the same system.<br />

The De<strong>part</strong>ment is actively involved in procuring a supply chain management system that will<br />

assist with the reporting requirements <strong>of</strong> the Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10. March 2006 Page 100<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 96<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information


(PPPFA), and to provide a database <strong>of</strong> suppliers. A system for the administration <strong>of</strong> the<br />

School Nutrition Programme (SNP) is also in the process <strong>of</strong> being acquired.<br />

Of <strong>part</strong>icular importance is the fact that the De<strong>part</strong>ment is proceeding well with the formulation<br />

<strong>of</strong> a Master Information Systems Plan (MISP). The final report will be completed during the<br />

current financial year. This plan is expected to lay the foundation for major systems<br />

development work to be undertaken to provide for the business process aspects <strong>of</strong> the work<br />

<strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment.<br />

With respect to connectivity and systems architecture, all 24 district <strong>of</strong>fices and the head<br />

<strong>of</strong>fice are now connected, but the basic service <strong>of</strong> email provision is still a challenge. This has<br />

much to do with the need for training <strong>of</strong> staff to use the service and the lack <strong>of</strong> adequate<br />

technical support services. The IT Unit has severe staff shortages and skills levels are not<br />

adequate.<br />

To address these issues, in-house training has been provided to IT representatives from<br />

districts during 2005, technicians have been sent on several training courses, they have been<br />

provided with good equipment, and two contract technicians have been engaged to assist<br />

with user support. More than 20 learners have been utilised during the year as a means <strong>of</strong><br />

building longer term IT capacity and obtain support services for the De<strong>part</strong>ment. An active IT<br />

Forum has now been in operation for six months and is proving to be a valuable mechanism<br />

for information sharing, knowledge transfer, and skills development amongst the IT Reps and<br />

head <strong>of</strong>fice technicians.<br />

The <strong>strategic</strong> direction that is being investigated and is the subject <strong>of</strong> a pro<strong>of</strong>-<strong>of</strong>-concept test,<br />

is the use <strong>of</strong> terminal services. This involves the use <strong>of</strong> s<strong>of</strong>tware that will enable the district<br />

<strong>of</strong>fices to function from three cluster file server farms instead <strong>of</strong> the current arrangement with<br />

file servers in all districts. Use is also being made <strong>of</strong> shared file servers belonging to the<br />

Office <strong>of</strong> the Premier instead <strong>of</strong> purchase own equipment. This strategy is fully supported by<br />

the Provincial Government Information Technology Officer (PGITO) and the State Information<br />

Technology Agency (SITA). Such a strategy could free up a lot <strong>of</strong> resources that could better<br />

be used to obtain IT equipment for schools instead <strong>of</strong> each provincial de<strong>part</strong>ment having its<br />

own equipment.<br />

15.5.2 ICT in Schools<br />

There are less than 500 schools with computers available for teaching and learning with<br />

another 500 having some computers for administration only. These figures are very low in<br />

relation to the 6,304 schools in the province and the far higher levels that some other<br />

provinces have already achieved.<br />

The De<strong>part</strong>ment’s e<strong>Education</strong> Business Plan was approved in March 2005. It responds to the<br />

target that set out in the draft White Paper on e<strong>Education</strong> that ‘Every South African learner in<br />

the general and further education and training bands will be ICT capable by 2013’. The<br />

Business Plan projected the costs <strong>of</strong> implementing the policy by 2013, starting with a three<br />

year piloting and planning phase in 2005/06 to 2007/8. Under the plan, first year funding<br />

required for 2005/06 was R198 million. Under current financial constraints funding has been<br />

well below these levels.<br />

The De<strong>part</strong>ment is working with several service providers and donors to provide computer<br />

equipment to schools. At present there are about 500 schools with computers, but several<br />

large donations were being administered during 2005. The South African Revenue Service<br />

donated 500 computers which will go to 161 schools and the South African Police Service<br />

donated 913 computers which will go to 348 schools. The focus <strong>of</strong> distribution <strong>of</strong> the<br />

equipment is senior secondary schools. After these donations have been distributed more<br />

than 1 000 schools will have some computers.<br />

At present the De<strong>part</strong>ment is not able to fund the purchasing <strong>of</strong> computers for schools and<br />

therefore relies on contributions from parents, communities, business, NGOs, and foreign<br />

governments for support.<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10 March 2006 Page 101<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 97


15.6 Performance Management System<br />

The De<strong>part</strong>ment has implemented a Performance Management System for Senior Managers<br />

which has been discussed under the section 14.2: Delegations and performance agreements.<br />

15.7 Financial Management Plan<br />

15.7.1 Budget and Expenditure<br />

Since 2003/04 the De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> has had the challenge <strong>of</strong> bringing expenditure<br />

within budget. The De<strong>part</strong>ment ended 2003/04 with over-expenditure <strong>of</strong> R244 million, <strong>of</strong><br />

which R221 million was on personnel. The recruitment <strong>of</strong> between 1 500 and 2 000 teachers<br />

in 2002 and the accumulation <strong>of</strong> personnel backlogs both played a role in the De<strong>part</strong>ment<br />

slipping back into deficit.<br />

The strategy for addressing over expenditure has been to surrender funds from the budget to<br />

provincial Treasury to pay back accumulated debt. In 2004/05 R204 million was surrendered<br />

from the budget. It is currently expected that around R550 million and R350 million will be<br />

‘top-sliced’ from the budget in this way in 2005/06 and 2006/07. It is expected that all debt will<br />

have been repaid by 2007/08 and the De<strong>part</strong>ment will have full access to its budget.<br />

As financial management has strengthened in the De<strong>part</strong>ment progress has been made. A<br />

number <strong>of</strong> achievements should be noted from the financial year 2004/05:<br />

� For the first time in three years there was no over-expenditure in total.<br />

� For the first time in five years there was no over-expenditure on personnel.<br />

� For the first time in five years there was no unauthorized expenditure.<br />

The De<strong>part</strong>ment <strong>of</strong> <strong>Education</strong> will maintain this improvement in performance through the<br />

ongoing strengthening <strong>of</strong> systems and staff (see below).<br />

The tables below show firstly audited expenditure 2002/03 to 2004/05 and estimated outcome<br />

2005/06, and secondly the current MTEF figures 2006/07 to 2008/09.<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10. March 2006 Page 102<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 98<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information


Table 49:<br />

3: Actual and Estimated Outcomes 2002/03 to 2005/06<br />

Revised<br />

estimate<br />

Adjusted<br />

appropriation<br />

Main<br />

appropriation<br />

Outcome<br />

Audited Audited Audited<br />

R thousand<br />

2002/03 2003/04 2004/05 2005/06<br />

762,484 825,926 825 935 673 654,950 525 643,231 713 643,231 611<br />

643,231 731 560<br />

Programme 1: Administration<br />

7,868,729 8,725,982 9,330,214 9,852,111 10 9,852,111 025 227 10 9,852,111 025 174<br />

Programme 2: Public Ordinary School <strong>Education</strong><br />

14,224 18,696 15,557 17,459 19 17,459 361<br />

17,459 19 361<br />

Programme 3: Independent Schools<br />

159,963 188,706 185,497 231,370 231 231,370 370<br />

231,370 231 370<br />

Programme 4: Public Special Schools<br />

132,498 140,198 169,876 198,867 198 198,867 867<br />

198,867 198 867<br />

Programme 5: Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training<br />

126,471 136,292 126,047 132,097 138 132,097 488<br />

132,097 138 488<br />

Programme 6: Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong><br />

24,402 27,305 36,937 38,039 39 38,039 817<br />

38,039 39 817<br />

Programme 7: Early Childhood Development<br />

59,997 92,187 116,793 138,146 154 138,146 447<br />

138,146 154 447<br />

Programme 8: Auxilliary and Associated Services<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10 March 2006 Page 103<br />

9,148,768 10 10,155,292 155 301 10 10,635,871 654 446 11,251,320 11 11,251,320 521 188 11,251,320 11 539 084<br />

Total payments and estimates<br />

N.B. Estimates are after suspension <strong>of</strong> funds to repay debt<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 99


Table 50: 4: Expected MTEF Figures 2006/07 to 2008/09 (July 2005)<br />

Medium-term estimates<br />

R thousand 2006/07 2007/08 2008/09<br />

Programme 1: Administration 881 735,285 902<br />

961 815,024 440<br />

1 872,076 035 491<br />

Programme 2: Public Ordinary School <strong>Education</strong> 11,001,582 11 144 848 12 11,989,289 572 667<br />

13 12,813,538 927 504<br />

Programme 3: Independent Schools 27 21,332 770<br />

44 23,597 832<br />

48 25,249 653<br />

Programme 4: Public Special Schools 334 344,546 487<br />

399 380,639 178<br />

437 407,284 648<br />

Programme 5: Further <strong>Education</strong> and Training 267 223,618 965<br />

296 247,704 255<br />

350 265,043 366<br />

Programme 6: Adult Basic <strong>Education</strong> 149 149,776 775<br />

165 165,625 625<br />

177 177,219 219<br />

Programme 7: Early Childhood Development 69 48,941 941<br />

120 72,318 218<br />

145 92,381 486<br />

Programme 8: Auxilliary and Associated Services 188 162,290 334<br />

214 185,236 100<br />

211 198,203 774<br />

Total payments and estimates 12,687,370 13 065 022 13,879,432 14 774 315 14,850,992 16 334 141<br />

N.B. 2006/07 budget is before suspension <strong>of</strong> an anticipated R350 million to repay debt<br />

Table 51: 5: Nominal Budget/Expenditure Growth<br />

Year Growth<br />

2003/04 11,0%<br />

2004/05 4,7%<br />

2005/06 5,8%<br />

2006/07 * 13,22% 9,7%<br />

2007/08 13,08% 12,5%<br />

2008/09 10,63%<br />

7,0%<br />

* Budget reduced by an anticipated R350 million<br />

Growth rates show the impact <strong>of</strong> the financial crisis in 2004/05 and 2005/06 when<br />

expenditure stagnated in real terms. It is expected that next year will see real growth in<br />

funding for the first time in three years, followed by a significant increase in 2007/08<br />

once all debt has been repaid.<br />

It is important to note that the Provincial <strong>Education</strong> De<strong>part</strong>ment had an average real<br />

growth rate in funding from 1997/98 to 2004/05 - over seven years - <strong>of</strong> only 1, 06% per<br />

year. This level <strong>of</strong> growth was expected to accommodate:<br />

� the former Transkei and Ciskei in the provincial budget that in 1994/95 was funded at<br />

only 29% <strong>of</strong> requirements.<br />

� achieving equity in the Provincial <strong>Education</strong> De<strong>part</strong>ment.<br />

� contributing towards the elimination <strong>of</strong> infrastructure backlogs.<br />

� increasing learner numbers as learners who previously did not attend school started<br />

doing so.<br />

� providing adequate learner and teacher support materials.<br />

� implementing new policy initiatives such as reception year education, curriculum<br />

2005, ABET and literacy programmes, FET, etc<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10. March 2006 Page 104<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 100<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information


15.7.2 Financial Management Systems and Capacity<br />

In keeping with the improvement in financial performance <strong>of</strong> 2004/05 there is a strong<br />

emphasis on building systems capacity and on financial management training. As<br />

additional staff are recruited to the corporate service functions in the districts, new<br />

equipment and computers will be put in place. R2 million is budgeted for computers in<br />

2005/06 in poorer education districts. With support from the IMET and the Pytron project<br />

corporate service policies and systems are being strengthened in the districts, guided by<br />

head <strong>of</strong>fice policy. The Pytron project has provided crucial support in the development <strong>of</strong><br />

training material, and in drawing up correct policies and procedures for the districts.<br />

A ‘training <strong>of</strong> trainers’ approach has been adopted where senior corporate service staff<br />

are being trained to provide ongoing support. There will continue to be a roll out <strong>of</strong><br />

training in 2006/07, concentrating on poorer districts. The focus will be to ensure that all<br />

basic systems are in place in all districts, with uniform policies, procedures and systems<br />

in use. From January 2006 onwards the focus will be on training district Assistant and<br />

Deputy Directors. In addition to a pack for each staff member with policies, procedures,<br />

and job descriptions, a Reporting Pack will be left with given to each manager. In this<br />

way training will be integrated into monthly reporting and monitoring <strong>of</strong> progress.<br />

To ensure the required financial management practices are carried out at all levels within<br />

the De<strong>part</strong>ment the following processes are in place:<br />

� budget hearings are held three times during the financial year to verify the accuracy<br />

<strong>of</strong> budget submissions<br />

� <strong>of</strong>fice budgets and spending patterns are reviewed regularly and any discrepancies<br />

are followed up with the applicable responsibility managers; and<br />

� monthly financial committee meetings are held to interrogate spending and<br />

projections for the financial year.<br />

15.8 Audit Queries<br />

Auditor-General queries have been analyzed and documented into a compliance<br />

checklist format. These will be distributed through a De<strong>part</strong>mental Circular and become<br />

a standard compliance certificate, which is required to be submitted monthly by all<br />

relevant directorates. Items which have been raised in the audit report qualification<br />

paragraph have been priorities in the audit reports and projects have been formed to<br />

address these matters urgently.<br />

Internal audit have also contributed in performing internal audits on several internal<br />

control weaknesses, which is in line with the annual audit plan. Recommendations<br />

raised are currently being implemented which should reflect improvement.<br />

The Audit Committee <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment has identified Auditor-General queries as one <strong>of</strong><br />

the areas that the De<strong>part</strong>ment needs to focus on in order to improve its financial<br />

management. The Committee reviews progress in this area at each meeting.<br />

Many <strong>of</strong> the issues raised in the Auditor-General’s report form <strong>part</strong> <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment’s<br />

Turnaround Plan. Monthly reporting is done on the Turnaround Plan, which assists the<br />

De<strong>part</strong>ment in monitoring progress. Performance Management for senior managers has<br />

been re-aligned with the <strong>strategic</strong> goals and Turnaround Plans <strong>of</strong> the De<strong>part</strong>ment.<br />

� The 2005 Audit Action Plan is taking action in the following manner on some <strong>of</strong> the<br />

key issues raised as audit queries during the last three years’ audits:<br />

� Non submission <strong>of</strong> documents: Develop and implement policy and guidelines. The<br />

Pytron project and follow on training in the districts is especially vital in this area.<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 2005-06 to 2009/10 2009-10. March 21 F (5) 2006 Page Page 105 101


� Compliance on journal entries: In the same manner, clear policies and guidelines<br />

are being implemented supported by training.<br />

� Procurement compliance: Again, the emphasis here is also on implementing<br />

strong policies and procedures reinforced by training.<br />

� Ledger accounts and reconciliations: Old balances have been written <strong>of</strong>f and are<br />

being reconciled. Reconciliations are being reviewed on a monthly basis on a<br />

standard template.<br />

� Leave records and documentation: The registry project is addressing filing<br />

backlogs, leading to leave capping as a further phase <strong>of</strong> work. Monthly monitoring<br />

mechanisms are in place to ensure that discrepancies do not arise again.<br />

� Internal control weaknesses: Persal administration, asset management and loss<br />

control are priorities for improved controls. A payroll database has been<br />

implemented in all districts, and asset and loss control registers are being updated.<br />

� Fruitless and wasteful expenditure is being addressed through tighter monitoring<br />

procedures coupled with regular audits to identify problem areas.<br />

Under the Audit Action Plan, functionally based forums have been established to identify<br />

weaknesses and communicate them to management. The forums also have a role in<br />

guiding training programmes. Functional teams have also been established to go into<br />

district <strong>of</strong>fices to check for compliance and take corrective action. Key areas for<br />

intervention are on personnel and HR expenditure, and the asset register.<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005/06 to 2009/10. March 2006 Page 106<br />

5 Year ECDoE Strategic Plan for 2005-06 to 2009-10. 21 F (5) Page 102<br />

<strong>part</strong> C: background information

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!